NZ747452B2 - Neuroactive steroids and methods of use thereof - Google Patents
Neuroactive steroids and methods of use thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- NZ747452B2 NZ747452B2 NZ751196A NZ75119614A NZ747452B2 NZ 747452 B2 NZ747452 B2 NZ 747452B2 NZ 751196 A NZ751196 A NZ 751196A NZ 75119614 A NZ75119614 A NZ 75119614A NZ 747452 B2 NZ747452 B2 NZ 747452B2
- Authority
- NZ
- New Zealand
- Prior art keywords
- substituted
- unsubstituted
- compound
- group
- certain embodiments
- Prior art date
Links
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 title description 7
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 186
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 claims description 53
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 46
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 28
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010015037 Epilepsy Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 206010034721 Personality disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000009999 Tuberous Sclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010057666 Anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010057668 Cognitive disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010064062 Neurodevelopmental disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010061920 Psychotic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000009205 Tinnitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 201000007185 autism spectrum disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000014632 disordered eating Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 201000006180 eating disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 201000009457 movement disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000036407 pain Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 201000000980 schizophrenia Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 231100000886 tinnitus Toxicity 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000005298 Acute Pain Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010001897 Alzheimer's disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010004938 Bipolar disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000000094 Chronic Pain Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010070976 Craniocerebral injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010013982 Dysthymic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010022437 Insomnia Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 102100014726 MECP2 Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 101700029603 MECP2 Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000006289 Rett Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010041250 Social phobia Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000005765 Traumatic Brain Injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000001699 lower leg Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000008895 mood disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000008430 obsessive-compulsive disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000000978 schizoaffective disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000001971 Huntington's disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000005809 Status Epilepticus Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000008839 post-traumatic stress disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010014599 Encephalitis Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 208000007386 Hepatic Encephalopathy Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 235000002912 Salvia officinalis Nutrition 0.000 claims 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 235000002020 sage Nutrition 0.000 claims 1
- 239000001296 salvia officinalis l. Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 201000009031 substance-related disease Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid ethyl ester Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 445
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 194
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 186
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 182
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 155
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 141
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 136
- 125000004432 carbon atoms Chemical group C* 0.000 description 112
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 109
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 102
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 101
- -1 3-pentanyl Chemical group 0.000 description 101
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 101
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 101
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 93
- 125000005842 heteroatoms Chemical group 0.000 description 85
- 125000004435 hydrogen atoms Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 78
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 77
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 77
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 74
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 73
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 72
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 70
- 125000004452 carbocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 67
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 66
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 60
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 59
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 58
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 58
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 53
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 53
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 50
- 235000019000 fluorine Nutrition 0.000 description 49
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 48
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 48
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 44
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 43
- 101700067048 CDC13 Proteins 0.000 description 41
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium on carbon Substances [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 41
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 41
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 41
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 40
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 38
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 37
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 37
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 30
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 29
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 28
- 210000004027 cells Anatomy 0.000 description 28
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 28
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 28
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 28
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N deuterated chloroform Substances [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 26
- 238000004808 supercritical fluid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 26
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 25
- 102000004868 N-methyl-D-aspartate receptors Human genes 0.000 description 24
- 108090001041 N-methyl-D-aspartate receptors Proteins 0.000 description 24
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 24
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 21
- 125000001313 C5-C10 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 20
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 20
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 19
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 19
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium hydroxide Chemical class [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 19
- HOKKHZGPKSLGJE-GSVOUGTGSA-N NMDA Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C(O)=O)CC(O)=O HOKKHZGPKSLGJE-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 18
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 18
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 17
- 230000000051 modifying Effects 0.000 description 17
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 17
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 17
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M buffer Substances [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 16
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 16
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 16
- 125000005418 aryl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 15
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 13
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N HCl Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylene dichloride Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 12
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 11
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 11
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L na2so4 Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 11
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 125000000041 C6-C10 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 10
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 125000004765 (C1-C4) haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 9
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 9
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000004767 (C1-C4) haloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- FEJUGLKDZJDVFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Borabicyclo(3.3.1)nonane Chemical compound C1CCC2CCCC1B2 FEJUGLKDZJDVFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 8
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000002853 C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000004429 atoms Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000000287 oocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000002829 reduced Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001225 therapeutic Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000006708 (C5-C14) heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- JNWBBCNCSMBKNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N HATU Chemical compound F[P-](F)(F)(F)(F)F.C1=CN=C2N(OC(N(C)C)=[N+](C)C)N=NC2=C1 JNWBBCNCSMBKNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000000480 butynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 6
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000002609 media Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 6
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 6
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 206010001497 Agitation Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 210000004556 Brain Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000006265 Renal Cell Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 5
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 5
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000001537 neural Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000002829 nitrogen Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 5
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000006570 (C5-C6) heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 1-[(1S,2R,3R,4S,5R,6R)-3-carbamimidamido-6-{[(2R,3R,4R,5S)-3-{[(2S,3S,4S,5R,6S)-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-3-(methylamino)oxan-2-yl]oxy}-4-formyl-4-hydroxy-5-methyloxolan-2-yl]oxy}-2,4,5-trihydroxycyclohexyl]guanidine Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920002676 Complementary DNA Polymers 0.000 description 4
- CSJLBAMHHLJAAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethylaminosulfur trifluoride Chemical compound CCN(CC)S(F)(F)F CSJLBAMHHLJAAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N HEPES Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazole Chemical compound C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N MeOtBu Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N P-Toluenesulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M Tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001058 adult Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- XJHCXCQVJFPJIK-UHFFFAOYSA-M caesium fluoride Inorganic materials [F-].[Cs+] XJHCXCQVJFPJIK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000008079 hexane Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 4
- QDHHCQZDFGDHMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N monochloramine Chemical compound ClN QDHHCQZDFGDHMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen dioxide Chemical compound O=[N]=O JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 4
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000006163 5-membered heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000006164 6-membered heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 206010061621 Adjustment disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101700055169 CH31 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-XIXRPRMCSA-N Mesotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-XIXRPRMCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910004759 OSi Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 206010040984 Sleep disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 3
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzoate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N cd3od Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000006001 difluoroethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002708 enhancing Effects 0.000 description 3
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002964 excitative Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000003000 nontoxic Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 3
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- BZKBCQXYZZXSCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium hydride Inorganic materials [H-].[Na+] BZKBCQXYZZXSCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-M stearate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000002459 sustained Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000006714 (C3-C10) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001376 1,2,4-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(N=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000069 2-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 2qpq Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Toluenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004373 Acetylcholine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Azetidine Chemical compound C1CNC1 HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940097362 Cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N D-sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000006646 Dess-Martin oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- NKLCNNUWBJBICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dess–Martin periodinane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2I(OC(=O)C)(OC(C)=O)(OC(C)=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 NKLCNNUWBJBICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diisopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)NC(C)C UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010013465 Dissociative disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010018075 Generalised anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- 108090000028 MMP12 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000036650 Metabolic stability Effects 0.000 description 2
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001672 Ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 206010061536 Parkinson's disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Perchloric acid Chemical compound OCl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010037175 Psychiatric disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010039897 Sedation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium thiosulphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229960005322 Streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-GDQSFJPYSA-N Sucrose Natural products O([C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)[C@@]1(CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-GDQSFJPYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940035295 Ting Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 241000269370 Xenopus <genus> Species 0.000 description 2
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- OIPILFWXSMYKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetylcholine Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C OIPILFWXSMYKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000004947 alkyl aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003281 allosteric Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003943 azolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229940077388 benzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004369 butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000006639 cyclohexyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940043264 dodecyl sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000006529 generalized anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000000848 glutamatergic Effects 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004474 heteroalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004475 heteroaralkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001976 improved Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001965 increased Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N iso-propanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting Effects 0.000 description 2
- GLXDVVHUTZTUQK-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium;hydroxide;hydrate Chemical compound [Li+].O.[OH-] GLXDVVHUTZTUQK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- BVVCBYHYIPYXFG-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium;oxolane;hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-].C1CCOC1 BVVCBYHYIPYXFG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 2
- RMGJCSHZTFKPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-M magnesium;ethene;bromide Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Br-].[CH-]=C RMGJCSHZTFKPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- LROBJRRFCPYLIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M magnesium;ethyne;bromide Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Br-].[C-]#C LROBJRRFCPYLIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-L maleate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)\C=C/C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-L 0.000 description 2
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004962 mammalian cells Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000011259 mixed solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004433 nitrogen atoms Chemical group N* 0.000 description 2
- 201000008429 obsessive-compulsive personality disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003389 potentiating Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylaxis Effects 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036280 sedation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001415 sodium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019345 sodium thiosulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 201000009032 substance abuse Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 231100000736 substance abuse Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000946 synaptic Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-M toluene-4-sulfonate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000001131 transforming Effects 0.000 description 2
- WHGYBXFWUBPSRW-FOUAGVGXSA-N β-cyclodextrin Chemical compound OC[C@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1O)O)O[C@H]2O[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O3)[C@H](O)[C@H]2O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3O[C@@H]1CO WHGYBXFWUBPSRW-FOUAGVGXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GNLJBJNONOOOQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N $l^{3}-carbane;magnesium Chemical compound [Mg]C GNLJBJNONOOOQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VJFDVDXXJRSPLZ-VIFPVBQESA-L (3S)-3-(1-carboxylatoethenoxy)cyclohepta-1,6-diene-1-carboxylate Chemical group [O-]C(=O)C(=C)O[C@H]1CCC=CC(C([O-])=O)=C1 VJFDVDXXJRSPLZ-VIFPVBQESA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006593 (C2-C3) alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005913 (C3-C6) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BPWTVHKBLYOLHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1$l^{2}-azocane Chemical group C1CCC[N]CCC1 BPWTVHKBLYOLHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MHCVCKDNQYMGEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1'-biphenyl;phenoxybenzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1.C=1C=CC=CC=1OC1=CC=CC=C1 MHCVCKDNQYMGEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001399 1,2,3-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC(=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004504 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004514 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005926 1,2-dimethylbutyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PVOAHINGSUIXLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylpiperazine Chemical compound CN1CCNCC1 PVOAHINGSUIXLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CHXUFRRQOZZSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylpiperidine Chemical group [CH2]N1CCCCC1 CHXUFRRQOZZSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006017 1-propenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GVNVAWHJIKLAGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(cyclohexen-1-yl)cyclohexan-1-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1C1=CCCCC1 GVNVAWHJIKLAGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Imidazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CN1 MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUWHAWMETYGRKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Piperidinone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCN1 XUWHAWMETYGRKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Pyrrolidone Chemical compound O=C1CCCN1 HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004974 2-butenyl group Chemical group C(C=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940080296 2-naphthalenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004485 2-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- ZRPLANDPDWYOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-cyclopentylpropanoate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC1CCCC1 ZRPLANDPDWYOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-phenylpropionate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000004575 3-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- MCGBIXXDQFWVDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazole Chemical compound C1CC=NN1 MCGBIXXDQFWVDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ILYBMUDLGFMEMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-$l^{1}-oxidanyl-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexaoxoheptan-1-olate Chemical compound [O]C(=O)C(=O)C(=O)C(=O)C(=O)C(=O)C[O-] ILYBMUDLGFMEMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003678 AMPA Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000078 AMPA Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710034857 ATIC Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920003026 Acene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetyl chloride Chemical compound CC(Cl)=O WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJKJWTWGDGIQRH-BFIDDRIFSA-N Alginic acid Chemical compound O1[C@@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](C(O)=O)O[C@@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O XJKJWTWGDGIQRH-BFIDDRIFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEMBXICCJNZMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Allyl magnesium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].[Mg+]CC=C FEMBXICCJNZMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241001076939 Artines Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940072107 Ascorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- CUFNKYGDVFVPHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Azulene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC2=C1 CUFNKYGDVFVPHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000035639 Blood Levels Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940095259 Butylated Hydroxytoluene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004322 Butylated hydroxytoluene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100000129 CHURC1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710014631 CHURC1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910020591 CNa Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DSSYKIVIOFKYAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Camphor Chemical compound C1CC2(C)C(=O)CC1C2(C)C DSSYKIVIOFKYAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 Cell Membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WDECIBYCCFPHNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chrysene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C=CC3=C21 WDECIBYCCFPHNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010010071 Coma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- VPUGDVKSAQVFFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Coronene Chemical compound C1=C(C2=C34)C=CC3=CC=C(C=C3)C4=C4C3=CC=C(C=C3)C4=C2C3=C1 VPUGDVKSAQVFFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N D-Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M D-gluconate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FMGSKLZLMKYGDP-USOAJAOKSA-N Dehydroepiandrosterone Chemical compound C1[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(C(CC4)=O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CC=C21 FMGSKLZLMKYGDP-USOAJAOKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- OJCSPXHYDFONPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N EtOAc EtOAc Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O.CCOC(C)=O OJCSPXHYDFONPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluoranthene Chemical compound C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=C22)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000027732 GABAA receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091008003 GABAA receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100012247 GRIN2A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710031582 GRIN2A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960001031 Glucose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002743 Glutamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerol 3-phosphate Chemical compound OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000011714 Glycine Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076533 Glycine Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QSQIGGCOCHABAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hexacene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC4=CC5=CC6=CC=CC=C6C=C5C=C4C=C3C=C21 QSQIGGCOCHABAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCC2=C1 PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000229754 Iva xanthiifolia Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000000079 Kainic Acid Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010069902 Kainic Acid Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N Kanamycin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TYQCGQRIZGCHNB-JLAZNSOCSA-N L-ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(O)=C(O)C1=O TYQCGQRIZGCHNB-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710009221 LD Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940001447 Lactate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-N Lactobionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910010084 LiAlH4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 102000004086 Ligand-Gated Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000543 Ligand-Gated Ion Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940040692 Lithium Hydroxide Monohydrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000282567 Macaca fascicularis Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000006217 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M Methyl orange Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1\N=N\C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940012189 Methyl orange Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KRKPYFLIYNGWTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,O-Dimethylhydroxylamine Chemical compound CNOC KRKPYFLIYNGWTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010029350 Neurotoxicity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006057 Non-nutritive feed additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940049964 Oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LSQODMMMSXHVCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ovalene Chemical compound C1=C(C2=C34)C=CC3=CC=C(C=C3C5=C6C(C=C3)=CC=C3C6=C6C(C=C3)=C3)C4=C5C6=C2C3=C1 LSQODMMMSXHVCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283898 Ovis Species 0.000 description 1
- RXWNCPJZOCPEPQ-NVWDDTSBSA-N PUROMYCIN Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](N2C3=NC=NC(=C3N=C2)N(C)C)O[C@@H]1CO RXWNCPJZOCPEPQ-NVWDDTSBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950010131 PUROMYCIN Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WLJNZVDCPSBLRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pamoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(CC=3C4=CC=CC=C4C=C(C=3O)C(=O)O)=C(O)C(C(O)=O)=CC2=C1 WLJNZVDCPSBLRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940049954 Penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SLIUAWYAILUBJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentacene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC4=CC5=CC=CC=C5C=C4C=C3C=C21 SLIUAWYAILUBJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUVXZFRDPCKWEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentalene Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC=CC2=C1 GUVXZFRDPCKWEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenanthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GBROPGWFBFCKAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Picene Chemical compound C1=CC2=C3C=CC=CC3=CC=C2C2=C1C1=CC=CC=C1C=C2 GBROPGWFBFCKAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000004713 Pisum sativum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010582 Pisum sativum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229950010765 Pivalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DIJBBUIOWGGQOP-QGVNFLHTSA-N Pregnenolone sulfate Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H](C(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 DIJBBUIOWGGQOP-QGVNFLHTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CC3=CC=CC4=CC=C1C2=C43 BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910006069 SO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010042211 Stress disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulphite Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940100611 Topical Cream Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940100615 Topical Ointment Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010044221 Toxic encephalopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZMCBYSBVJIMENC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tricaine Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(N)=C1 ZMCBYSBVJIMENC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDZBKCUKTQZUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethyl phosphite Chemical compound CCOP(OCC)OCC BDZBKCUKTQZUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QVXFGVVYTKZLJN-KHPPLWFESA-N [(Z)-hexadec-7-enyl] acetate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCOC(C)=O QVXFGVVYTKZLJN-KHPPLWFESA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVFUHBJCUUTGCD-UHFFFAOYSA-M [Br-].[Mg+]C Chemical compound [Br-].[Mg+]C AVFUHBJCUUTGCD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JDPAVWAQGBGGHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N aceanthrylene Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(C=CC3=CC=C4)=C3C4=CC2=C1 JDPAVWAQGBGGHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004054 acenaphthylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C23)* 0.000 description 1
- SQFPKRNUGBRTAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N acephenanthrylene Chemical group C1=CC(C=C2)=C3C2=CC2=CC=CC=C2C3=C1 SQFPKRNUGBRTAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012346 acetyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L adipate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCCCC([O-])=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940072056 alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005024 alkenyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000008052 alkyl sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005025 alkynylaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000172 allergic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037007 arousal Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000008937 atopic dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000003725 azepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002393 azetidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000043 benzamido group Chemical group [H]N([*])C(=O)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004604 benzisothiazolyl group Chemical group S1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004603 benzisoxazolyl group Chemical group O1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003354 benzotriazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC2=C1C=CC=C2* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000051 benzyloxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 229960000626 benzylpenicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004853 betadex Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002618 bicyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QJBRNNNJBVJKPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-1-en-3-yne Chemical group C=[C]C#C QJBRNNNJBVJKPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LUEHNHVFDCZTGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M but-2-ynoate Chemical compound CC#CC([O-])=O LUEHNHVFDCZTGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ZTHQBROSBNNGPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl hydrogen sulfate Chemical compound CCCCOS(O)(=O)=O ZTHQBROSBNNGPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-M butyrate Chemical compound CCCC([O-])=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-M camphorsulfonate anion Chemical compound C1CC2(CS([O-])(=O)=O)C(=O)CC1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-M caproate Chemical compound CCCCCC([O-])=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052729 chemical element Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002475 cognitive enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001808 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005712 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001316 cycloalkyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006449 cycloalkyl cyclopropyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002188 cycloheptatrienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=CC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001162 cycloheptenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003678 cyclohexadienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004210 cyclohexylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004090 cyclononenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006547 cyclononyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000522 cyclooctenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000006623 cyclooctylmethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004851 cyclopentylmethyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC1)C* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000298 cyclopropenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004186 cyclopropylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005508 decahydronaphthalenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000223 dermal penetration Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000723 dihydrobenzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004582 dihydrobenzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004655 dihydropyridinyl group Chemical group N1(CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005054 dihydropyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N1* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005057 dihydrothienyl group Chemical group S1C(CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940043279 diisopropylamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000532 dioxanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005883 dithianyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl hydrogen sulfate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOS(O)(=O)=O MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-M dodecyl sulfate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079593 drugs Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002001 electrophysiology Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- HZNQVAOLVRFZBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclohexane Chemical group C=C[C]1CCCCC1 HZNQVAOLVRFZBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005678 ethenylene group Chemical group [H]C([*:1])=C([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005677 ethinylene group Chemical group [*:2]C#C[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- KVXNKFYSHAUJIA-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethoxyethane;acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O.CCOCC KVXNKFYSHAUJIA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000005745 ethoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003203 everyday Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000763 evoked Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000928 excitatory amino acid agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003492 excitotoxic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000063 excitotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003682 fluorination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940050410 gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002791 glucosyl group Chemical group C1([C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 1
- RBNPOMFGQQGHHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M glycerate Chemical compound OCC(O)C([O-])=O RBNPOMFGQQGHHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-M glycolate Chemical compound OCC([O-])=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004438 haloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- MNWFXJYAOYHMED-UHFFFAOYSA-M heptanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCC([O-])=O MNWFXJYAOYHMED-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000005241 heteroarylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005553 heteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004415 heterocyclylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004836 hexamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- PKIFBGYEEVFWTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexaphene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C3C4=CC5=CC6=CC=CC=C6C=C5C=C4C=CC3=CC2=C1 PKIFBGYEEVFWTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006038 hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005980 hexynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- USZLCYNVCCDPLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron;N-methoxymethanamine;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CNOC USZLCYNVCCDPLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008309 hydrophilic cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxyl anion Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- YAMHXTCMCPHKLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NCCN1 YAMHXTCMCPHKLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003454 indenyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-M isethionate Chemical compound OCCS([O-])(=O)=O SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000004594 isoindolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-M isothiocyanate Chemical compound [S-]C#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960000318 kanamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940099584 lactobionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M laurate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940070765 laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- HPQVWDOOUQVBTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium aluminium hydride Substances [Li+].[Al-] HPQVWDOOUQVBTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NOSYGIZLHFEAOA-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium;methanol;oxolane;hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-].OC.C1CCOC1 NOSYGIZLHFEAOA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- VFZXMEQGIIWBFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M magnesium;cyclopropane;bromide Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Br-].C1C[CH-]1 VFZXMEQGIIWBFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940049920 malate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L malate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(O)CC([O-])=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028161 membrane depolarization Effects 0.000 description 1
- UKWHYYKOEPRTIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury(II) oxide Inorganic materials [Hg]=O UKWHYYKOEPRTIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M methanesulfonate Chemical compound CS([O-])(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M methanoate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XOBKSJJDNFUZPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxyethyl Chemical group CCOC XOBKSJJDNFUZPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229960001047 methyl salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006011 modification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000897 modulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036651 mood Effects 0.000 description 1
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940113083 morpholine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-M naphthalene-2-sulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)[O-])=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000004593 naphthyridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 210000002569 neurons Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002887 neurotoxic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000228 neurotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 102000004108 neurotransmitter receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000590 neurotransmitter receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000001968 nicotinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N nicotinic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011664 nicotinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002664 nootropic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- YWIWOAJYWWVNBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N oct-1-en-7-yne Chemical group C=[C+]CCCCC#[C-] YWIWOAJYWWVNBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PFTXKXWAXWAZBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N octacene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC4=CC5=CC6=CC7=CC8=CC=CC=C8C=C7C=C6C=C5C=C4C=C3C=C21 PFTXKXWAXWAZBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVPVGJFDFSJUIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N octalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C2C=CC=CC=CC2=C1 OVPVGJFDFSJUIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTFQBTLMPISHTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N octaphene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C(C=C3C4=CC5=CC6=CC7=CC=CC=C7C=C6C=C5C=C4C=CC3=C3)C3=CC2=C1 WTFQBTLMPISHTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004365 octenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005069 octynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003883 ointment base Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-M oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC([O-])=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002891 organic anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005882 oxadiazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003551 oxepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003585 oxepinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CCVKPWUMYBYHCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxolane;pyridine Chemical compound C1CCOC1.C1=CC=NC=C1 CCVKPWUMYBYHCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M palmitate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- VZCFNJNTQPIJHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N penta-1,2-dien-4-yne Chemical group C=C=[C]C#[C-] VZCFNJNTQPIJHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMJHHCWVYXUKFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N penta-1,3-diene Chemical compound CC=CC=C PMJHHCWVYXUKFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JQQSUOJIMKJQHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaphene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C3C4=CC5=CC=CC=C5C=C4C=CC3=CC2=C1 JQQSUOJIMKJQHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005981 pentynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000006678 peppermint Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000015132 peppermint Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000007735 peppermint Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L peroxydisulfate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)OOS([O-])(=O)=O JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000002080 perylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=C2C=CC=C3C4=CC=CC5=CC=CC(C1=C23)=C45)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutic aid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036231 pharmacokinetics Effects 0.000 description 1
- NQFOGDIWKQWFMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenalene Chemical compound C1=CC([CH]C=C2)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 NQFOGDIWKQWFMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940075930 picrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-M picrate anion Chemical compound [O-]C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- IWELDVXSEVIIGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperazin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CNCCN1 IWELDVXSEVIIGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004483 piperidin-3-yl group Chemical group N1CC(CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004482 piperidin-4-yl group Chemical group N1CCC(CC1)* 0.000 description 1
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-M pivalate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C([O-])=O IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DIJNSQQKNIVDPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pleiadene Chemical compound C1=C2[CH]C=CC=C2C=C2C=CC=C3[C]2C1=CC=C3 DIJNSQQKNIVDPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001601 polyetherimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000120 polyethyl acrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000001242 postsynaptic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003518 presynaptic Effects 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L propanedioate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC([O-])=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000006410 propenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- LNKHTYQPVMAJSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyranthrene Chemical compound C1=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=C(C=C3)C2=C2C3=CC3=C(C=CC=C4)C4=CC4=CC=C1C2=C34 LNKHTYQPVMAJSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011369 resultant mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- FMKFBRKHHLWKDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N rubicene Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C2=CC=CC3=C2C1=C1C=CC=C2C4=CC=CC=C4C3=C21 FMKFBRKHHLWKDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WEMQMWWWCBYPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N s-indacene Chemical compound C=1C2=CC=CC2=CC2=CC=CC2=1 WEMQMWWWCBYPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001340 slower Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- YOQDYZUWIQVZSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium borohydride Substances [BH4-].[Na+] YOQDYZUWIQVZSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- VQOIVBPFDDLTSX-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;3-dodecylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C1 VQOIVBPFDDLTSX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ODGROJYWQXFQOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium;boron(1-) Chemical compound [B-].[Na+] ODGROJYWQXFQOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003003 spiro group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005156 substituted alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940086735 succinate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001384 succinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006296 sulfonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N(*)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000003956 synaptic plasticity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005062 synaptic transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001367 tartaric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)Cl BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001712 tetrahydronaphthyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000147 tetrahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003507 tetrahydrothiofenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005247 tetrazinyl group Chemical group N1=NN=NC(=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005305 thiadiazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005458 thianyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003777 thiepinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002053 thietanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002813 thiocarbonyl group Chemical group *C(*)=S 0.000 description 1
- 125000005323 thioketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000001519 tissues Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001702 transmitter Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000472 traumatic Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005881 triazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940072040 tricaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004950 trifluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004205 trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004385 trihaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005580 triphenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZDPHROOEEOARMN-UHFFFAOYSA-M undecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O ZDPHROOEEOARMN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000003672 ureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M valerate Chemical class CCCCC([O-])=O NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000230 xanthan gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001285 xanthan gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010493 xanthan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940082509 xanthan gum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N β-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/56—Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids
- A61K31/575—Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of three or more carbon atoms, e.g. cholane, cholestane, ergosterol, sitosterol
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/14—Prodigestives, e.g. acids, enzymes, appetite stimulants, antidyspeptics, tonics, antiflatulents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P23/00—Anaesthetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
- A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/20—Hypnotics; Sedatives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/22—Anxiolytics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/24—Antidepressants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/16—Otologicals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J13/00—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen having a carbon-to-carbon double bond from or to position 17
- C07J13/005—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen having a carbon-to-carbon double bond from or to position 17 with double bond in position 16 (17)
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J13/00—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen having a carbon-to-carbon double bond from or to position 17
- C07J13/007—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen having a carbon-to-carbon double bond from or to position 17 with double bond in position 17 (20)
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J21/00—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen having an oxygen-containing hetero ring spiro-condensed with the cyclopenta(a)hydrophenanthrene skeleton
- C07J21/005—Ketals
- C07J21/008—Ketals at position 17
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J41/00—Normal steroids containing one or more nitrogen atoms not belonging to a hetero ring
- C07J41/0033—Normal steroids containing one or more nitrogen atoms not belonging to a hetero ring not covered by C07J41/0005
- C07J41/0055—Normal steroids containing one or more nitrogen atoms not belonging to a hetero ring not covered by C07J41/0005 the 17-beta position being substituted by an uninterrupted chain of at least three carbon atoms which may or may not be branched, e.g. cholane or cholestane derivatives, optionally cyclised, e.g. 17-beta-phenyl or 17-beta-furyl derivatives
- C07J41/0061—Normal steroids containing one or more nitrogen atoms not belonging to a hetero ring not covered by C07J41/0005 the 17-beta position being substituted by an uninterrupted chain of at least three carbon atoms which may or may not be branched, e.g. cholane or cholestane derivatives, optionally cyclised, e.g. 17-beta-phenyl or 17-beta-furyl derivatives one of the carbon atoms being part of an amide group
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J9/00—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of more than two carbon atoms, e.g. cholane, cholestane, coprostane
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J9/00—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of more than two carbon atoms, e.g. cholane, cholestane, coprostane
- C07J9/005—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of more than two carbon atoms, e.g. cholane, cholestane, coprostane containing a carboxylic function directly attached or attached by a chain containing only carbon atoms to the cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene skeleton
Description
NEUROACTIVE STEROIDS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
Related Applications
This application is a divisional application of New Zealand Patent Application
No. 712141, filed on 13 March 2014, and is related to International Patent Application
No. , filed on 13 March 2014, and claims priority under 35 U.S.C. § l19(e)
to U.S. Provisional Patent Application U.S.S.N 61/779,735, filed on 13 March 2013, each of
which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Background of the Invention
Brain excitability is defined as the level of arousal of an animal, a continuum
that ranges from coma to sions, and is regulated by various neurotransmitters. In general,
neurotransmitters are responsible for regulating the conductance of ions across neuronal
membranes. At rest, the neuronal membrane possesses a potential (or membrane voltage) of
approximately -70 m V, the cell interior being negative with t to the cell exterior. The
potential ge) is the result of ion (K+, Na+, Cl-, organic anions) balance across the
neuronal semipermeable membrane. Neurotransmitters are stored in presynaptic vesicles and
are released as a result of neuronal action ials. When released into the synaptic cleft, an
excitatory chemical transmitter such as acetylcholine will cause membrane depolarization
(change of potential from -70 m V to -50 m V). This effect is mediated by naptic
nicotinic ors which are stimulated by acetylcholine to increase the membrane
permeability of Na+ ions. The reduced membrane potential increases the probability of
ting a postsynaptic action ial, which amounts to an increase in neuronal
excitability.
NMDA receptors are highly expressed in the CNS and are involved in excitatory
synaptic ission. Activating these receptors contributes to synaptic plasticity in some
circumstances and excitotoxicity in others. These receptors are ligand-gated ion channels that
admit Ca2+ after g of the ransmitters glutamate and glycine, and are fundamental
to excitatory neurotransmission and normal CNS function. NMDA receptors are heteromeric
complexes comprised of NRI, NR2, and/or NR3 subunits and possess distinct recognition sites
for exogenous and nous ligands. These recognition sites include binding sites for
glycine, and glutamate agonists and modulators. Positive modulators may be useful as
therapeutic agents with potential clinical uses as cognitive enhancers and in the treatment of
psychiatric disorders in which glutamatergic ission is reduced or defective (see, e.g.,
Horak et al., J. of
Neuroscience, 2004, 24(46), 10318-10325). In contrast, negative modulators may be useful as
therapeutic agenst with ial clinical uses in the treatment of psychiatric disorders in which
glutamatergic transmission is pathologically increased (cg, ent resistant depression).
[0004} Neuroactive steroids such as nolone sulfate (PS) have been shown to exert
direct modulatory effects on several types of neurotransmitter receptors, such as GABAA,
glycine, AMPA, kainate, and NMDA receptors. NMDA receptors are positively modulated by
PS; however, the degree of modulation varies considerably, e.g., depending upon the t
composition of the receptor.
[0005} In addition to PS, several other 3B-hydroxy steroids have been shown to
potentiate NMDA receptors (see, e.g., Paul et al., J. Pharm. and Exp. Ther. 1994, 271, 677-682).
Recently, a 3B-hydroxy-ergost-5—ene steroid derivative, referred to as Org—l was reported as
positive modulator ofNMDA (NRla/NRZA). Org-l was found to selectively modulate NMDA
over GABAA (see, e.g., Madau et al., Program No. 6132/1387. 2009 cience Meeting
Planner. Chicago, IL: Society for Neuroscience, 2009; k et al., Program No. 613.1/B86.
2009 Neuroscience Meeting r. Chicago, IL: Society for Neuroscience, 2009; Paul el al., J.
Neurosci. 2013, 33, l7290—l7300).
HO Org- l
[0006} New and improved neuroactive steroids are needed that modulate brain
excitability for the prevention and ent of CNS-related conditions. The compounds,
compositions, and methods described herein are directed toward this end.
Summary of the Invention
[0007} The inventors of the t invention, during an on-going exploration of Org-I
analogs for NMDA modulation, a portion of which is described in PCT/U82012/054261,
incorporated herein by nce, discovered several specific combination of elements which
provides NMDA modulators with comparatively superior properties. For example, as shown in
Table 1, compounds bearing a beta-hydrogen at C5 are disfavored compared to compounds
bearing either alpha—hydrogen C5 or double bond across C5-C6 due to loss of potentiation of the
NMDA receptor. The l of the methyl at C21 also results in significant loss ofNMDA
potentiation. Disubstitution at C3 is expected to increase metabolic stability of these nds
and is thus a preferrred e of the invention. nation on the Cu side chain has been
shown to improve potency and limit maximum potentiation of the NMDA receptor when tested
as high as '1 uM concentration of compound. A secondary or tertiary terminal alcohol on the C17
side chain has been shown to to improve potency and limit maximum potentiation of the NMDA
receptor when tested as high as 1 uM concentration of nd, and is thus a preferred feature
of the invention, with a preference for bulkier groups at the terminating end containing 2-3
carbons, or a group comprising fluorine substitution. Such properties are expected limit the risk
of inducing glutamate driven neurotoxicity relative to compounds that achieve a r
maximum potentiation of the NMDA receptor. Compounds of the present invention encompass
various ations of these specified features to provide superior NMDA modulators.
[0008} Thus, in one aspect, provided are compounds of Formula (I),
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein:
R1 is substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic;
R2 is hydrogen, halogen, tuted or unsubstituted Cmalkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cyclopropyl, or —ORA2, wherein RA2 is en or substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl;
R321 is hydrogen or —ORA3, wherein RA3 is en or substituted or unsubstituted. alkyl,
and R3b is hydrogen; or R38 and R3b are joined to form an oxo (=0) group;
R4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or halogen;
X is —C(RX)3— or —O-, wherein RX is hydrogen or fluorine, or one RX group and R5b are
joined to form a double bond;
each ce of RSH and R5b is independently hydrogen or fluorine;
R6a is a non-hydrogen group selected from the group consisting of substituted and
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl,
substituted and unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted
and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl group, wherein the non-
hydrogen group is optionally substituted with fluorine; and
R6b is hydrogen or a tuted or unsubstituted alkyl group optionally substituted with
fluorine;
— represents a single or double bond, provided ifa single bond is present, then the
hydrogen at C5 is in the alpha configuration;
and further provided that:
( i) at least one of RX, R53, and RSb is fluorine; or
(2) at least one of R611 and R6b is a non—hydrogen group substituted with a e; or
(3) R6a is a non-hydrogen group comprising between two and ten carbon atoms.
[0009} In another aspect, provided are pharmaceutical itions comprising a
compound ofFormula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically
able excipient.
[0010} In yet another aspect, provided is a method for ng or preventing a CNS-
related ion associated with NMDA modulation sing administering to a subject in
need thereof an effective amount of a compound or ceutically acceptable salt thereof, or
pharmaceutical composition thereof in certain embodiments, the CNS-related condition is an
adjustment disorder, anxiety disorder (including obsessive-compulsive disorder, aumatic
stress disorder, social , and generalized anxiety disorder), cognitive disorder (including
Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of ia), dissociative disorder, eating disorder, mood
er (including depression, bipolar disorder, and dysthymic disorder), schizophrenia or other
psychotic disorder (including schizoaffective disorder), sleep disorder (including insomnia),
substance abuse-related disorder, personality disorder (including obsessive-compulsive
personality disorder), autism spectrum disorders (including those involving mutations to the
Shank group of proteins), neurodevelopmental disorder (including Rett syndrome), pain
(including acute and chronic pain), seizure disorder (including status ticus and monogenic
forms of epilepsy such as Dravet’s disease, and Tuberous Sclerosis complex (TSC)), stroke,
traumatic brain injury, movement disorder (including gton’s disease and Parkinson’s
disease) and tinnitus. In certain ments, these nds can be used to induce sedation
or anesthesia.
[0011} Other objects and advantages will become apparent to those skilled in the art from
a consideration of the g Detailed Description, Examples, and Claims.
Definitions
Chemical Definitions
[0012} Definitions of specific functional groups and al terms are described in
more detail below. The chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table
of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook ofC/temistigv and Physics, 75th Ed., inside cover, and
specific functional groups are generally defined as described therein. Additionally, general
principles of organic chemistry, as well as specific functional moieties and reactivity, are
described in Thomas Sorrell, Organic Chemistry, University Science Books, Sausalito, 1999;
Smith and March, March ’5 ed Organic Chemistry, 5th n, John Wiley & Sons, Inc,
New York, 2001‘, Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers, Inc, New
York, 1989; and Carruthers, Some Modern iMetlzods ofOrganic iS‘jvtnthesis, 3rd Edition,
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987.
[0013} Compounds described herein can comprise one or more asymmetric centers, and
thus can exist in various isomeric forms, e.g, enantiomers and/or diastereomers. For example,
the nds described herein can be in the form of an individual enantiomer, diastereomer or
geometric , or can be in the form of a mixture of stereoisomers, including racemic
mixtures and es enriched in one or more stereoisomer. s can be isolated from
mixtures by methods known to those skilled in the art, including chiral high pressure liquid
chromatography (HPLC) and the formation and crystallization of chiral salts; or preferred
isomers can be prepared by asymmetric ses. See, for example, Jacques et al,
Enantiomers, Race/notes and Resolutions (Wiley Interscience, New York, 1981); Wilen et al,
Tetrahedron 3312725 (1977); Eliel, Stereoclzemistry ofCarbon Con'zpozmds (McGraw—Hill, NY,
1962); and Wilen, Tables of‘Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions p. 268 (EL. Eliel, Ed,
Univ. of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, IN 1972). The invention additionally encompasses
compounds described herein as individual isomers substantially free of other isomers, and
alternatively, as mixtures of various isomers.
[0014} When a range of values is listed, it is intended to encompass each value and sub—
range within the range. For example “CH alkyl” is intended to encompass, C1, C2, C3, C4, C5,
C6, C1 6, Ci 5, C1 47 C1 3, Ci 2. C2 6) C275, C274, C273, C343; C375, C34, C44,; C475, and Cir alkyl.
[0015} The following terms are intended to have the meanings presented therewith below
and are useful in understanding the ption and ed scope of the present invention.
When bing the invention, which may include compounds, pharmaceutical compositions
containing such compounds and methods of using such compounds and compositions, the
following terms, if present, have the following meanings unless otherwise indicated. It should
also be understood that when described herein any of the es defined forth below may be
substituted with a variety of substituents, and that the respective tions are intended to
include such substituted moieties within their scope as set out below. Unless otherwise stated, the
term “substituted” is to be defined as set out below. It should be further understood that the
terms “groups” and als” can be considered interchangeable when used herein. The articles
“a” and “an” may be used herein to refer to one or to more than one (Le. at least one) of the
grammatical objects of the article. By way of example “an analogue” means one analogue or
more than one analogue.
[0016} atic” refers to an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or carbocyclyl group, as defined
herein.
[0017} “Alkyl” refers to a l of a straight—chain or branched saturated hydrocarbon
group having from l to 20 carbon atoms (“C n20 alkyl”). In some ments, an alkyl group
has I to 12 carbon atoms (“C142 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 10
carbon atoms (“CHo alkyl”). In some embodiments, an aikyi group has l to 9 carbon atoms
(“Chg alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C1_g alkyl”). In
some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 7 carbon atoms (“CH alkyl”). In some
embodiments, an alkyl group has l to 6 carbon atoms (“CM alkyl”, also referred to herein as
“lower alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 5 carbon atoms (“C 1-5 alkyl”). In
some embodiments, an alkyl group has I to 4 carbon atoms (“CH ). In some
embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“CH ). In some embodiments, an
alkyl group has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“CH alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1
carbon atom (“C1 alkyl”). In some ments, an alkyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“CH
). Examples of C145 alkyl groups include methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), n—propyl (C3), isopropyl
(C3), n—butyl (C4), tert—butyl (C4), sec—butyl (C4), iso—butyl (C4), n—pentyl (C5), 3—pentanyl (C5),
amyl (C5), neopentyl (C5), 3—methyl—2—butanyl (C5), tertiary amyl (C5), and n—hexyl (C6).
Additional es of alkyl groups include n—heptyl (C7), n—octyl (C3) and the like. Unless
otherwise specified, each instance of an alkyl group is independently optionally substituted, z".e.,
unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkyl”) with one or more
substituents; e.g., for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, l to 3 substituents, or 1 substituent. In
certain embodiments, the alkyl group is unsubstituted CHO alkyl (cg, —Cl—l3). In certain
embodiments, the alkyl group is tuted C1_ l0 alkyl. Common alkyl abbreviations include
Me (—CH3), Et (-CHZCH3), iPr (-CH(CH3)2), nPr (-CHgCH2CH3), n-Bu (—CHZCHZCHZCHg), or i-
Bu (-CHZCH(CH3)2).
[0018} As used herein, “alkylene,” “alkenylene,” and “alkynylene,” refer to a divalent
radical of an alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl group, respectively. When a range or number of carbons
is ed for a particular “alkylene,37 ‘4alkenylene,” and “alkynylene” group, it is understood
that the range or number refers to the range or number of carbons in the linear carbon divalent
chain. “Alkylene,” “alkenylene,” and ylene” groups may be substituted or unsubstituted
with one or more substituents as described herein.
[0019} “Alkylene” refers to an alkyl group wherein two hydrogens are d to
provide a divalent radical, and which may be tuted or unsubstituted. Unsubstituted alkylene
groups include, but are not d to, methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), propylene (-
CH3CH2CH2-), butylene (-CHgCHzCHzCH2-), ene (-CHZCHZCHgCHgCHg-L hexylene (-
CH;CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2—), and the like. Exemplary substituted alkylene groups, e.g.,
substituted with one or more alkyl (methyl) groups, include but are not limited to, substituted
ene (-CH(CH3)-, (-C(CH3)2—), tuted ethylene (-CH(CH3)CH2-,—CH2CH(CH3)-, -
C(CH3)2CH2-,—CH2C(CH3)2-), substituted propylene (-CH(CH3)CH2CH2-, (CH3)CH2-, -
CH3CH3CH(CH3)-, -C(CH3)3CH2CH2-, -CH2C(CH3)2CH2-, -CH2CH2C(CH3)2—), and the like.
[0020} “Alkenyl” refers to a radical of a straight—chain or branched hydrocarbon group
having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, one or more carbon—carbon double bonds (eg, 1, 2, 3, or 4
carbon—carbon double bonds), and optionally one or more carbon—carbon triple bonds (e.g., l, 2,
3, or 4 carbon—carbon triple bonds) (“€240 alkenyl”). In certain embodiments, alkenyl does not
contain any triple bonds. In some ments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms (“C2,
m alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C329 alkenyl”).
In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C24, alkenyl”). In some
embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C227 alkenyl”). In some embodiments,
an alkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“CH alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an l
group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C24 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to
4 carbon atoms (“CH alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an l group has 2 to 3 carbon
atoms (“CH alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 carbon atoms (“C2
alkenyl”). The one or more carbon—carbon double bonds can be internal (such as in nyl)
or terminal (such as in l—butenyl). Examples of C24, alkenyl groups include ethenyl (C2), 1—
propenyl (C3), 2—propenyl (C3), l—butenyl (C4), 2—butenyl (C4), butadienyl (C4), and the like.
Examples ofCH alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C24 alkenyl groups as well as
yl (C5), pentadienyl (C5), hexenyl (C6), and the like. Additional examples of alkenyl
include heptenyl (C7), octenyl (Cg), octatrienyl (C3), and the like. Unless ise specified,
each instance of an alkenyl group is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an
“unsubstituted alkenyl”) or tuted (a “substituted alkenyl”) with one or more substituents
e.g., for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, l to 3 substituents, or I substituent. In certain
embodiments, the l group is unsubstituted C2210 alkenyl. In certain embodiments, the
alkenyl group is substituted C2210 alkenyl.
[0021} “Alkenylene” refers to an alkenyl group wherein two hydrogens are removed to
provide a divalent radical, and which may be substituted or unsubstituted. Exemplary
unsubstituted nt alkenylene groups include, but are not limited to, ethenylene (—CH=CH-)
and propenylene (e.g., -CH=CHCHg-, -CH2-CH=CH-). Exemplary substituted alkenylene
groups, e.g., substituted with one or more alkyl (methyl) , include but are not limited to,
substituted ethylene 3)=CH-, -CH=C(CH3)-), substituted propylene (e.g., -
C(CH3)=CHCH2-, CH3)CH2-, -CH=CHCH(CH3)-, -CH=CHC(CH3)z-, -CH(CH3)-
CH=CH-,-C(CH3)g-CH=CH-, -CHg-C(CH3)=CH-, -CH2-CH=C(CH3)-), and the like.
[0022} “Alkynyl” refers to a radical of a straight—chain or branched hydrocarbon group
having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, one or more carbon—carbon triple bonds (e.g., l, 2, 3, or 4
carbon—carbon triple bonds), and optionally one or more —carbon double bonds (e.g., l, 2,
3, or 4 carbon—carbon double bonds) (“C340 alkynyl”). In certain embodiments, alkynyl does
not contain any double bonds. In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms
(“C240 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C229
alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an l group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“CH3 alkynyl”). In
some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C24 alkynyl”). In some
embodiments, an l group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C24, alkynyl”). In some embodiments,
an alkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“CH l”). In some embodiments, an l
group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C24 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to
3 carbon atoms (“CH alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 carbon atoms
(“CZ alkynyl”). The one or more carbon—carbon triple bonds can be internal (such as in 2—
butynyl) or terminal (such as in l—butynyl). Examples of C24 alkynyl groups include, Without
limitation, ethynyl (C3), ynyl (C3), 2—propynyl (C3), I—butynyl (C4), 2—butynyl (C4), and
the like. es of CH, alkenyl groups e the aforementioned C24 alkynyl groups as
well as pentynyl (C5), hexynyl (C6), and the like. Additional examples of alkynyl include
heptynyl (C7), octynyl (C3), and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each ce of an l
group is independently optionally substituted, 17.6., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkynyl”) or
substituted (a “substituted alkynyl”) with one or more tuents; e.g., for instance from I to 5
substituents, l to 3 substituents, or I tuent. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl group is
unsubstituted C2210 alkynyl. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl group is substituted C2710
alkynyl.
[0023} “Alkynylene” refers to a linear alkynyl group wherein two hydrogens are
removed to provide a divalent radical, and which may be substituted or unsubstituted.
Exemplary divalent alkynylene groups include, but are not limited to, substituted or
unsubstituted ethynylene, substituted or unsubstituted propynylene, and the like.
The term “heteroalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein,
which further comprises 1 or more (e.g., I, 2, 3, or 4) heteroatoms (eg. oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen,
boron, silicon, phosphorus) within the parent chain, wherein the one or more heteroatoms is
inserted between adjacent carbon atoms within the parent carbon chain and/or one or more
heteroatoms is inserted between a carbon atom and the parent molecule, i.e., n the point of
attachment. In certain embodiments, a heteroalkyl group refers to a saturated group having from
I to 10 carbon atoms and l, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteron 10 alkyl”). In some embodiments,
a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having I to 9 carbon atoms and l, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms
(“heteroCng alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having I to
8 carbon atoms and l, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroCHg alkyl”). In some embodiments, a
heteroalkyl group is a ted group having I to 7 carbon atoms and l, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms
(“heteroCH alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a group having 1 to 6 carbon
atoms and l, 2, or 3 heteroatoms (“heteroCM alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl
group is a saturated group having I to 5 carbon atoms and l or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC 1_5
alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 4 carbon
atoms and lor 2 atoms (“heteroCH alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is
a saturated group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and I heteroatom (“heteroC1_3 alkyl”). In some
embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms and l
heteroatom (“heteroCH alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group
having 1 carbon atom and l heteroatom (“heteroC1 aikyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl
group is a saturated group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and I or 2 heteroatoms (“heterosz
alkyl”). Unless otherwise ied, each instance of a heteroalkyl group is ndently
unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroalkyl”) with
one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is an unsubstituted
heteroCHO alkyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is a substituted heteroC 1,10
alkyl.
[0025} The term “heteroalkenyl,” as used , refers to an alkenyl group, as defined
, which r comprises one or more (e.g., l, 2, 3, or 4) heteroatoms (6g, oxygen, sulfur,
nitrogen, boron, silicon, phosphorus) n the one or more heteroatoms is inserted between
adjacent carbon atoms within the parent carbon chain and/or one or more heteroatoms is inserted
between a carbon atom and the parent molecule, 128., between the point of attachment. In certain
embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group refers to a group having from 2 to ID carbon atoms, at least
one double bond, and I, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heterng_10 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a
heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms at least one double bond, and l, 2, 3, or 4
heteroatoms (“heteroCH alkenyl”). In some ments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 8
carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and l, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms roC3_8 alkenyl”). In
some embodiments, a alkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and
l, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroCzq alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group
has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms (“heteroCH
l”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one
double bond, and I or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroCH alkenyl”). In some ments, a
heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and Ior 2 heteroatoms
(“heteroCH alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms, at
least one double bond, and l heteroatom (“heteroCH aikenyl”). In some embodiments, a
heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and I or 2 heteroatoms
(“heteroCH alkenyl”). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkenyl group is
independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroalkenyl”) or substituted (a “substituted
heteroalkenyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkenyl group
is an tituted heteroCHo alkenyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkenyl group is a
substituted heteroCHo alkenyl.
[0026} The term “heteroalkynyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkynyl group, as defined
herein, which further comprises one or more (eg, I, 2, 3, or 4) heteroatoms (tag, oxygen, sulfur,
nitrogen, boron, silicon, phosphorus) wherein the one or more heteroatoms is inserted n
adjacent carbon atoms within the parent carbon chain and/or one or more heteroatoms is inserted
between a carbon atom and the parent molecule, i.€., between the point of attachment. In certain
embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group refers to a group having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, at least
one triple bond, and l, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroCHo alkynyl”). In some ments, a
heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and I, 2, 3, or 4
heteroatoms (“heteroC2,9 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 8
carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroCH l”). In
some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and
I, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC-H l”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group
has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and l, 2, or 3 heteroatoms (“heteroC2,6
alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroaikynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one
triple bond, and I or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC2_5 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a
alkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms, at least one tripie bond, and Ior 2 heteroatoms
(“heteroCH alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a alkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms, at
least one triple bond, and I heteroatom (“heteroCH alkynyl”). In some embodiments, a
heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and l or 2 atoms
roCH alkynyl”). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkynyl group is
independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted lieteroalkynyl”) or substituted (a “substituted
heteroalkynyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain ments, the heteroalkynyl group
is an unsubstituted heteroCHo alkynyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkynyl group is a
substituted heteroCHo alkynyl.
[0027} As used , “alkylene,” “alkenylene, .5, LCalkynylene,” “heteroalkylene,”
oalkenylene,” and “heteroalkynylene,” refer to a divalent radical of an alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl group, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, and heteroalkynyi group respectively. When a range
7) 6L 7) c:
or number of carbons is provided for a particular “alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene,”
oalkylene,” “heteroalkenylene,” or “heteroalkynyiene,” group, it is understood that the
range or number refers to the range or number of carbons in the linear carbon divalent chain.
“Alkylene,” “alkenylene, 7'! LCalkynylene,” “heteroalkylene,” “heteroalkenylene,” and
oalkynylene” groups may be substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents as
described .
[0028} “‘Aryl” refers to a l of a monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic or
tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (8g, having 6, 10, or 14 1t ons shared in a cyclic
array) having 6—14 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system
(“C644 aryl”). In some embodiments, an aryl group has six ring carbon atoms (“C6 aryl”; ag
phenyl). In some embodiments, an aryl group has ten ring carbon atoms (“C 10 aryl”; e.g.,
naphthyl such as l—naphthyl and 2—naphthyl). In some embodiments, an aryl group has
fourteen ring carbon atoms (“C14 aryl”; 6g, cyl). “Aiyl” also es ring systems
wherein the aryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more yclyl or heterocyclyl
groups wherein the radical or point of attachment is on the aryl ring, and in such ces, the
number of carbon atoms continue to designate the number of carbon atoms in the aryl ring
system. Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from aceanthrylene,
acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene,
fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, acene, s-indacene, indane, ,
naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta—2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene,
pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene,
rubicene, triphenylene, and trinaphthalene. Particularly aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl,
indenyl, and tetrahydronaphthyl. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an aryl group is
independently optionally substituted, 126., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted aryl”) or substituted (a
“substituted aryl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the aryl group is
unsubstituted C6714 aryl. In certain embodiments, the aryl group is tuted CH4 aryl.
[0029} In certain embodiments, an aryl group substituted with one or more of groups
selected from halo, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C3 kyl, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C8 alkoxy, and amino.
[0030} Examples of representative substituted aryls include the following
R57 and
R57 R57 .
wherein one of R56 and R57 may be hydrogen and at least one of R56 and R57 is each
independently ed from C1—C3 alkyl, C1-C3 haloalkyl, 4—10 ed heterocyclyl,
yl, C 1-Cg alkoxy, heteroaryloxy, alkylamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, NngCOng,
NRSSSOR59NRSSSOQR5", COOalkyl, COOaryl, CONR58R59, CONRSSOR”, NR58R59,
SOZNRS‘gRSQ, S-alkyl, SOalkyl, SOgalkyl, Saryl, SOaryl, SOgaryl; or R56 and R57 may be joined to
form a cyclic ring (saturated or unsaturated) from 5 to 8 atoms, optionally ning one or
more heteroatoms selected from the group N, O, or S. R60 and R61 are independently hydrogen,
C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, C3-Cm cycloalkyl, 4-10 menibered heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl,
substituted (Ts-Cm aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, or substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl .
[0031} Other representative aryl groups having a fused heterocyclyl group include the
following:
@1171, £61 mpg?
n each W is selected from C(R66 2, NR“, 0, and S; and each Y is selected from carbonyl,
NR“, 0 and S; and R66 is independently hydrogen, C g-Cg alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, 4—10
membered heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, and 5—10 membered heteroaryl.
[0032} “Fused aryl” refers to an aryl having two of its ring carbon in common with a
second aryl or heteroaryl ring or with a carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring.
[0033} “Aralkyl” is a subset of alkyl and aryl, as defined herein, and refers to an
optionally substituted alkyl group substituted by an optionally substituted aryl group.
[0034} oaryl” refers to a radical of a 5—10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic 4n+2
aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6 or 10 TC electrons shared in a cyclic array) having ring
carbon atoms and 1—4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each
heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur (“5—10 membered
heteroaryl”). In heteroaryl groups that contain one or more en atoms, the point of
attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits, Heteroaryl ic ring
s can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings. “Heteroaryl” es ring
systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or
heterocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the heteroaryl ring, and in such
instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the
heteroaryl ring system. “Heteroaryl” also includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as
defined above, is fused with one or more aryl groups n the point of attachment is either on
the aryl or heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members designates the
number of ring members in the fused (aryl/heteroaryl) ring system. Bicyclic heteroaryl groups
wherein one ring does not contain a heteroatom (cg, indolyl, quinolinyl, olyl, and the
like) the point of attachment can be on either ring, i.e., either the ring bearing a heteroatom (rag,
2—indolyl) or the ring that does not contain a heteroatom (6g, 5—indolyl).
[0035} In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5—10 membered aromatic ring
system having ring carbon atoms and 1—4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system,
n each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5—10
membered heteroaryl”). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5—8 membered aromatic
ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1—4 ring heteroatoms ed in the ic ring
system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur
(“5—8 membered heteroaryl”). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5—6 membered
aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1—4 ring heteroatoms ed in the
aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen,
and sulfur (“5—6 membered heteroaryl”). In some embodiments, the 5—6 membered heteroaryl
has l—3 ring heteroatoms selected from en, , and sulfur. In some embodiments, the
—6 membered heteroaryl has 1—2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
In some embodiments, the 5—6 membered heteroaryl has 1 ring heteroatom selected from
nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroaryl group is
independently optionally substituted, £16., unsubstituted (an stituted heteroaryl”) or
substituted (a “substituted heteroaryl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments,
the heteroaryl group is unsubstituted 5—14 membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, the
heteroaryl group is substituted 5—14 membered heteroaryl.
[0036} Exemplary 5—membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include,
without limitation, pyrrolyl, furanyl and thiophenyl. Exemplary 5—membered heteroaryl groups
containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazoiyl,
isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, and azolyl. Exemplary S—nieinbered heteroaryl groups ning
three heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and azolyl.
Exemplary 5—membered heteroaryl groups containing four heteroatoms include, without
limitation, tetrazolyl. Exemplary 6—membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom
include, without limitation, pyridinyl. Exemplary 6—membered heteroaryl groups containing two
heteroatoms include, without limitation, pyridazinyl, dinyl, and pyrazinyl. Exemplary 6—
membered heteroaryl groups containing three or four heteroatoms include, without limitation,
triazinyl and tetrazinyl, respectively. Exemplary 7—membered heteroaryl groups containing one
heteroatom include, without limitation, yl, oxepinyl, and thiepinyl. Exemplary 5,6—
bicyclic aryl groups include, without limitation, indoiyl, olyl, indazolyl,
benzotriazolyl, benzothiophenyl, isobenzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, benzoisofuranyl,
idazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl,
benzthiadiazolyl, indolizinyi, and purinyl. ary 6,6—bicyclic aryl groups include,
without limitation, naphthyridinyl, inyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl,
phthalazinyl, and quinazolinyl.
[0037} Examples of representative heteroaryls include the ing:
8 fl {E",0O, I \\
973\\ \ ME\N\ IN; @7-\\
(N\: /\/N\\ MN IL;—
Tt— UNVN v’
n each Y is selected from carbonyl, N, NR“, 0, and S; and R65 is independently
hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, C3—Cm cycloalkyl, 4—10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, and 5-10
membered heteroaryl.
[0038} oaralkyl” is a subset of alkyl and aryl, as defined herein, and refers
to an optionally substituted alkyl group substituted by an optionally substituted heteroaryl group.
[0039} “Carbocyclyl” or “carbocyclic” refers to a radical of a non—aromatic cyclic
hydrocarbon group having from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C340 carbocyclyl”) and zero
heteroatoms in the non—aromatic ring system. In some embodiments, a yclyl group has 3
to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C3_g carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to
6 ring carbon atoms (“CH carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6
ring carbon atoms (“C34, carbocyclyl”). In some ments, a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 10
ring carbon atoms (“C5,10 yclyl”). Exemplary C34, carbocyclyl groups include, without
limitation, cyclopropyl (C3), cyclopropenyi (C3), cyclobutyl (C4), utenyl (C4), cyclopentyl
(C5), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclohexyl (C6), cyclohexenyi (C6), cyclohexadienyl (C6), and the like.
Exemplary CH carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C34,
carbocyclyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C7), cycloheptenyl (C7), cycloheptadienyl (C7),
cycloheptatrienyl (C7), cyclooetyl (Cg), cyclooctenyl (Cg), bicyclo[2.2. l]heptanyl (C7),
o[2.2.2]octanyl (C8), and the like. Exemplary C3710 carbocyclyl groups include, without
tion, the aforementioned CH, carbocyclyl groups as well as cyclononyl (C9), cyclononenyl
(C9), cyclodecyl (Cm), cyclodecenyl (C10), octahydro—lH—indenyl (C9), decahydronaphthalenyl
(C10), spiro[4.5}decanyl (C10), and the like. As the foregoing examples illustrate, in certain
embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is either monocyciic (“monocyclic carbocyclyl”) or contain
a fused, d or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic carbocyclyl”) and can
be ted or can be partially unsaturated. cyciyl” also includes ring systems wherein
the carbocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups
wherein the point of attachment is on the carbocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of
carbons continue to designate the number of carbons in the carbocyclic ring system. Unless
otherwise specified, each instance of a earbocyclyl group is independently optionally substituted,
17.8., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted carbocyclyl”) or substituted (a “substituted. carbocyclyl”)
with one or more substituents. In n embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is unsubstituted
C340 carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is a substituted C340
carbocyclyl.
[0040} In some embodiments, “carbocyclyl” is a monccyclic, saturated carbocyclyl
group having from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C7340 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a
cycloalkyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“Gag cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a
cycloalkyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“Cs—6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a
cycloalkyl group has 5 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C54 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a
cycloalkyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“CH0 cycloalkyl”). Examples of CH,-
lkyl groups include cyclopentyl (Cs) and exyl (C5). Examples of C3_6 cycloalkyl
groups include the aforementioned C54, cycloalkyl groups as well as cyclopropyl (C3) and
cyclobutyl (C4). es ofCH cycloalkyl groups e the aforementioned C34, lkyl
groups as well as cycloheptyl (C7) and cyclooctyl (C8). Unless otherwise specified, each
instance of a cycloalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted cycloalkyl”) or
substituted (a “substituted cycloalkyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments,
the cycloalkyl group is unsubstituted C340 cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl
group is substituted C3,10 cycloalkyl.
[0041} “Heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclic” refers to a radical of a 3— to lO—membered non—
aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and l to 4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each
heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, boron, phosphorus, and
silicon (“3—10 membered heterocyclyl”). In heterocyclyl groups that contain one or more
nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment can be a carbon or en atom, as valency permits. A
heterocyclyl group can either be monocyclic (“monocyclic heterocyclyl”) or a fused, d or
spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic heterocyclyl”), and can be saturated or can
be partially unsaturated. Heterocyclyl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more
heteroatoms in one or both rings. “Heterocyclyl” also includes ring systems wherein the
heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl groups wherein the
point of attachment is either on the carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring, or ring systems wherein the
cyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups, n
the point of attachment is on the cyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring
members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heterocyclyl ring .
Unless otherwise specified, each instance of cyclyl is independently ally substituted,
lie. unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heterocyclyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heterocycly ”)
with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is unsubstituted
3—10 ed heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is substituted 3—
membered heterocyclyl.
[0042} In some ments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5—10 membered non—aromatic
ring system having ring carbon atoms and 14 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is
independently selected from en, oxygen, sulfur, boron, phosphorus, and silicon (“5—10
membered heterocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5—8 membered non—
aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1—4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each
heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5—8 ed
heterocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5—6 membered non—aromatic
ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1—4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each atom is
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5—6 membered heterocyclyl”). In
some embodiments, the 5—6 membered heterocyclyl has 1—3 ring heteroatoms ed from
nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5—6 membered heterocyclyl has 1—2 ring
heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5—6
niembered heterocyclyl has one ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, , and sulfur.
[0043} Exemplary 3—membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include,
without limitation, azirdinyl, yl, thiorenyl. Exemplary 4—menibered heterocyclyl groups
containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azetidinyl, oxetanyl and thietanyl.
ary 5—membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatoni include, without
limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyi, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiophenyl,
pyrrolidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl and pyrrolyl—2,5—dione. Exemplary ered heterocyclyl
groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, anyl, oxasulfuranyl,
disulfuranyl, and idin-Z-one. Exemplary 5—membered heterocyclyl groups containing
three heteroatoms include, t limitation, triazolinyl, oxadiazolinyl, and thiadiazolinyl.
Exemplary 6—membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without
limitation, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridinyl, and thianyl. Exemplary 6—
membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation,
piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, dioxanyl. Exemplary ered cyclyl groups
containing two heteroatoms e, without tion, triazinanyl. Exemplary 7—membered
heterocyclyl groups containing one atom include, without tion, azepanyl, oxepanyl
and nyl. Exemplary 8—membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include,
without limitation, azocanyl, yl and thiocanyl. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl
groups fused to a C6 aryl ring (also referred to herein as a 5,6-bicyclic heterocyclic ring) include,
without limitation, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothienyl,
azolinonyl, and the like. ary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups fused to an aryl
ring (also referred to herein as a 6,6-bicyclic heterocyclic ring) include, without limitation,
tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinoiinyl, and the like.
[0044} Particular examples of heterocyclyl groups are shown in the following illustrative
{”1 to Q r; Qr‘ffi
—3 Q C11?
wherein each W is selected from CR67, C(R67)2, NR“, 0, and S; and each Y is selected from
NR“, 0, and S; and R67 is independently hydrogen, C 1-Cg alkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, 4-10
membered heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, 5—10 membered heteroaryl. These heterocyclyl rings may be
optionally substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of acyl,
acylamino, acyloxy, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, carbonyiamino, amino, substituted amino,
aminocarbonyl (carbamoyl or amido), aminocarbonylamino, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, aryl,
aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, cyano, ikyi, halogen, hydroxy, keto, nitro, thiol, -S-a1ky1, —S-
aryl, -S(O)—all<yl,—S(O)-aryl, —S(O)2-alkyl, and -S(O)2-aryi. Substituting groups include carbonyl
or thiocarbonyl which provide, for example, lactam and urea derivatives.
[0045} “Hetero” when used to describe a compound or a group present on a compound
means that one or more carbon atoms in the compound or group have been ed, by a
en, oxygen, or sulfur heteroatom. Hetero may be applied to any of the hydrocarbyl groups
described above such as alkyl, cg... heteroalkyl, cycloaikyi, rag, heterocyclyl, aryl, e.g_,.
heteroaryl, cycloalkenyl, e.g,. cycloheteroalkenyl, and the like having from 1 to 5, and
ularly from 1 to 3 heteroatorns.
[0046} “Acyl” refers to a radical -C(O)R2°, where R20 is hydrogen, substituted or
unsubstitued alkyl, substituted or unsubstitued alkenyl, tuted or unsubstitued alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstitued carbocyclyl, substituted or tituted heterocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstitued heteroaryl, as defined herein. oyl” is an
acyl group wherein R20 is a group other than hydrogen. Representative acyl groups e, but
are not limited to, formyl (-CHO), acetyl (-C(=O)CH3), cyclohexylcarbonyl,
cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl, l (-C(=O)Ph), benzylcarbonyl (-C(=O)CHgPh), —C(O)-C1-Cg
alkyl, (CH2)K(C6-C10 aryl), —C(O)-(CH2):(5—10 niembered heteroaryl), (CH2)t(C
C 10 cycloalkyl), and —C(O)-(CH2)t(4-l 0 membered heterocyciyl), wherein t is an integer from 0
to 4. In certain embodiments; R21 is C1-C3 alkyl, substituted with halo or y; or C3-C10
lkyl, 4-10 nieinbered heterocyclyl, C6-C7 10 aryl; arylaikyl, 5—10 inernbered heteroaryl or
heteroarylalkyl, each of which is substituted with unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted
C1-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl; unsubstituted C 1—C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted
C1-C4 haloalkoxy 0r hydroxy.
[0047} “Acylaniino” refers to a radical -NR22C(O)R23, where each instance of R22 and
R23 is independently en, substituted or unsubstitued alkyl, tuted or unsubstitued
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstitued alkynyl, substituted or unsubstitued carbocyclyl, substituted
or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstitued
heteroaryl,, as defined herein, or R22 is an amino protecting group. Exemplary niino”
groups include, but are not limited to, forniylamino, acetyiamino, cyclohexylcarbonylaniino,
cyclohexyhnethyl-carbonylaniino, benzoylamino and benzylcarbonylamino. Particular
exemplary “acylarnino” groups are —NR24C(O)-C1-Cg alkyi, —NR24C(O)-(CH3)I(C6-Cm aryl), —
NR24C(O)-(CH2)t(5—10 membered heteroaryl), —NR24C(O)-(CH2)I(C3-Cm cycloalkyl), and —
NR24C(O)-(CH2)I(4-10 nieinbered heterocyclyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4, and each R24
independently represents H or C1-C8 alkylln n embodiments, R25 is H, Ci-Cg alkyl,
substituted with halo or hydroxy; C3-C m cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-ny aryl,
arylalkyl, 5-10 ineinbered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyi, each of which is substituted with
unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C1—C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl,
unsubstituted C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl; or unsubstituted C 1-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy; and R26 is H
C1-Cs alkyl, substituted with halo or y; C3-C m cycloalkyl, 4-10 ed heterocyclyl,
C6-C3“) aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, each of which is tuted
with unsubstituted C 1-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C1-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C 1-C4 haloalkyl,
unsubstituted C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C 1-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxyl; provided at
least one of R25 and R26 is other than H.
[0048} “Acyloxy” refers to a radical -OC(O)R27, where R27 is hydrogen, tuted or
unsubstitued alkyl, substituted or unsubstitued alkenyl, substituted or unsubstitued alkynyl,
substituted. or titued carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted. or
tituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstitued heteroaryi, as defined herein. Representative
examples include, but are not limited to, formyl, acetyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl,
cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl, l and benzylcarbonyl. in certain embodiments, R28 is C 1-Cg
alkyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; C3-C10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-C10
aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, each of which is substituted with
unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C1-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl,
unsubstituted C 1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C 1—0; haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[0049} “Alkoxy” refers to the group —OR29 where R29 is substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstitued alkenyl, substituted or unsubstitued alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstitued carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
aryl, or substituted or unsubstitued heteroaryl. Particular alkoxy groups are methoxy, ethoxy, n-
y, poxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec—butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, and 1,2-
dimethylbutoxy. ular alkoxy groups are lower alkoxy, tie. with between 1 and 6 carbon
atoms. r particular alkoxy groups have between i and 4 carbon atoms.
[0050} In certain embodiments, Rz9 is a group that has 1 or more substituents, for
instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from i to 3 substituents, in particular 1
substituent, selected from the group consisting of amino, substituted amino, C6-C10 aryl, aryloxy,
carboxyl, cyano, C3-C 10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, halogen, 5-10 membered
heteroaryl, hydroxyl, nitro, thioalkoxy, yloxy, thiol, alkyl-S(O)-, aryl—S(O)-, alkyl—S(O)2-
and (O)2-. Exemplary ‘substituted alkoxy’ groups include, but are not limited to, —O-
(C6-C10 aryl), —O-(CH2):(5—10 membered heteroaryl), —O-(CH3)t(C3-Cm cycloalkyl), and —
O-(CH2)t(4—10 membered heterocyclyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4 and any aryl,
heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl groups present, may lves be substituted by
unsubstituted C 1-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C1-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C 1-C4 haloalkyl,
tituted C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy. Particular
exemplary ituted alkoxy’ groups are -OCF3, -OCH2CF3, -OCH2Ph, -OCH2-cyclopropyl, -
OCH2CH20H, and -OCH2CH2NMe2.
[0051} “Amino” refers to the l -NH3.
[0052} “Substituted amino” refers to an amino group of the formula -N(R38)2 wherein R38
is en, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstitued alkenyl, substituted or
unsubstitued alkynyl, substituted or unsubstitued yclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or titued heteroaryl, or an
amino protecting group, wherein at least one of R38 is not a hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
each R38 is independently selected from hydrogen, Cg-Cg alkyl, C3-C8 alkenyl, C3-C8 alkynyl, C6-
C10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, 4-10 niembered heterocyclyl, or C3—C10cycloalkyl; or C1-C3
alkyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; C3-C3 l, substituted with halo or y; C3-C8
alkynyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy, or -(CH2)1(C6—C10 aryl), -(CH2)[(5-10 membered
heteroaryl), -(CH2)I(C3-Cm cycloalkyl), or -(CH2)((_4-10 membered heterocyclyl), wherein t is an
r between 0 and 8, each of which is substituted by unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, halo,
unsubstituted C1-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C1-C4 kyl, tituted C 1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or
unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy; or both R38 groups are joined to form an alkylene
group.
[0053} Exemplary “substituted amino” groups include, but are not limited to, —NR39-C 1-
C8 alkyl, —NR39-(CHg)t(C5-Cm aryli), (CH2)1(5—10 membered heteroaryl), —NR39-
(CH3)1(C3-C10 cycloalkyl), and —NR39-(CH2)t(4-10 membered heterocyclyl), wherein t is an
integer from 0 to 4, for instance 1 or 2, each R39 independently represents H or C1-C8 alkyl; and
any alkyl groups present, may lves be substituted by halo, substituted or unsubstituted
amino, or hydroxy; and any aryl, heteroaryi, cycloalkyl, or heterocyciyl groups present, may
themselves be substituted by unsubstituted C 1-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C1-C4 alkoxy,
unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted C {-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C1-C4
haloalkoxy or hydroxy. For the avoidance of doubt the term ‘substituted amino’ includes the
groups alkylamino, substituted alkylamino, alkylarylamino, substituted alkylarylamino,
arylamino, substituted arylamino, dialkylarnino, and tuted dialkylamino as defined below.
Substituted amino encompasses both monosubstituted amino and disubstituted amino groups.
[0054} “Azido” refers to the radical -N-3.
[0055} “Carbarnoyl” or “amido” refers to the radical -C(O)NH2.
[0056} “Substituted carbamoyl” or “substituted amide” refers to the radical -C(O)N(R62)2
wherein each R62 is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, tuted or
unsubstitued alkenyl, substituted or unsubstitued alkynyl, substituted or unsubstitued
yclyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
tuted or unsubstitued heteroaryl, or an amino protecting group, n at least one of R62
is not a hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R63 is selected from H, C1-C3 alkyl, C3-Cm
cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, C5-Clo aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and
heteroaralkyl; or C 1-Cs alkyl substituted with halo or hydroxy; or C3-C 10 cycloalkyl, 4-10
inernbered heterocyc-lyl, C6—C10 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, or heteroaralkyl, each
of which is tuted by unsubstituted C 1—C4 alkyl, halo, tituted C1-C4 alkoxy,
unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted C g-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C 1-C4
haloalkoxy or hydroxy; provided that at least one R62 is other than H.
[0057} Exemplary “substituted carbanioyl” groups include, but are not d to, —C(O)
NRM-Cl-Cg alkyl, —c(0)1xiR‘54—(ennui,—c10 aryl), —C(O)N64-(CH2)t(5-10 membered
heteroaryl), —C(O)NR64-(CH2)t(C3-Cm cycloalkyl), and —C(O)NR64-(CH2)t(4-10 membered
heterocyclyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4, each R64 independently ents H or C1-C8
alkyl and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl groups present, may themselves be
substituted by unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C1-C4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C1-C4
haloalkyl, tituted C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[0058} “Carboxy” refers to the l -C(O)OH.
[0059} “Cyano” refers to the radical -CN
“Halo” or ”halogen” refers to fluoro (F), chloro (Cl), bromo (Br), and iodo (I). In
certain embodiments, the halo group is either fluoro or chioro.
[0061} “Hydroxy” refers to the radical -OH.
[0062} “Nitro” refers to the radical —NO;.
[0063} “Cycloalkylalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical in which the alkyl group is substituted
with a cycloalkyl group. Typical lkylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to,
cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylrnethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cycloheptylrnethyl,
cyclooctylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylethyl,
eptylethyl, and cyclooctylethyl, and the like.
[0064} “Heterocyclylalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical in which the alkyl group is
substituted with a heterocyclyl group. Typical heterocyclyialkyl groups include, but are not
limited to, idinylmethyl, piperidinylmethyl, piperazinyimethyl, linylmethyl,
pyrrolidinylethyl, piperidinylethyl, piperazinylethyl, morpholinylethyl, and the like.
[0065} “Cycloalkenyl” refers to substituted or tituted carbocyclyl group having
from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and having a single cyclic ring or multiple condensed rings, including
fused and bridged ring systems and having at least one and ularly from l to 2 sites of
olefinic unsaturation. Such cycloalkenyl groups e, by way of example, single ring
structures such as cyclohexenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopropenyl> and the like.
[0066} “Fused lkenyl” refers to a cycloalkenyl having two of its ring carbon atoms
in common with a second aliphatic or aromatic ring and having its olefinic unsaturation located
to impart aromaticity to the cycloalkenyl ring.
[0067} “Ethenyl” refers to substituted or unsubstituted —(C=C)—.
[0068} ene” refers to substituted or unsubstituted —.
[0069} “Ethynyl” refers to —(CEC)-.
[0070} “Nitrogen-containing cyclyl” group means a 4- to 7- membered non—
aromatic cyclic group containing at least one nitrogen atom, for example, but Without limitation,
morpholine, piperidine (e.g. 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), pyrrolidine (e.g. 2—
pyrrolidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl), azetidine> pyrrolidone, imidazoline, imidazolidinone, 2-
pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, piperazine, and N-alkyl piperazines such as N—methyl piperazine.
Particular examples include azetidine, piperidone and piperazone.
[0071} “Thioketo” refers to the group =S.
[0072} Alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups, as
defined herein, are optionally substituted (eg, “substituted” or stituted” alkyl,
“substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkenyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkynyl, “substituted”
or “unsubstituted” carbocyclyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heterocyclyl, “substituted” or
stituted” aryl or “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroaryl group). In general, the term
“substituted”, Whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that at least one hydrogen
present on a group (e.g., a carbon or nitrogen atom) is replaced with a permissible substituent,
e.g., a substituent which upon substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound which
does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization,
elimination, or other reaction. Unless otherwise indicated, a ituted” group has a
substituent at one or more tutable ons of the group, and when more than one on
in any given structure is substituted, the tuent is either the same or different at each
position. The term “substituted” is contemplated to include substitution with all permissible
substituents of organic compounds, any of the substituents described herein that results in the
formation of a stable compound. The present invention contemplates any and all such
combinations in order to arrive at a stable compound. For purposes of this invention,
heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any suitable substituent as
described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms and results in the formation of a
stable moiety.
[0073} Exemplary carbon atom substituents include, but are not limited to; n; —CN,
—N02, —N3, —s02H, —s03H, —OH, —OR“‘”, —ON(Rbb)2, —N(Rbb)2, —N(R"“)3+Xj —N(0R°°)Rbb, —
SH, —SR”3 —SSR°C, —C(=O)Raa, —C03H, —CHO, —C(OR°°)3, —C03Ra“, )R3“, —OC02Raa3 —
C(=O)N(Rbb)g, —OC(=O)N(Rbb)2, —NRbbC(=0)R““, —NRbbCOzRaa, —NRbbC(=O)N(Rbb)2, —
C(=NRbb)Ra'~‘, —C(=NRbb)ORaa, Rbb)R3“, —OC(=NRbb)OR“a, —C(=NR"")N(R"")2, —
OC(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2, —NRbbC(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2, —C(=O)NRbbSOZRaa, —NRbbSOgRaa, —sozN(R"b)2, —
sour“, —sozoR“, —OSOgRaa, —S(=O)Raa, —03(=0)Raa, —Si(R“"‘)3, —OSi(R'”“‘)3 —C(=S)N(Rbb)m —
C(=O)SR""“? —C(=S)SRaa, )SR“, —SC(=O)SR“, —OC(=O)SR‘”, )OR‘”’, —
SC(=O)Raa, —P(=O‘_)2Raa, —OP(=O)2R‘“, —P(=O)(Raa)2, —OP(=O)(R“)2, —OP(=O)(OR“)2, —
P(=O)3N(Rbb)2, —OP(=O)2N(Rbb)2, —P(=O)(NRbb)g, —OP(=O)(NRbb)23 —NRbbp(=0)(0R°“‘)2, —
NRbbP<=0i<NRbb)2, —P<R“)2, —P(RC°)3, —0P<R“)2, —0P<R°°‘>3, —B<R‘“ 2, —B<0R“)2, —BR“<0R”),
C 1710 alkyl, C Ho perhaloalkylj C240 alkenyl, C2,“) alkynyl, C3,“) carbocyclyl, 3—14 membered
heterocyclyl, C644 aryl, and 5—14 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,
carbocyclyl, cyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, l, 2, 3, 4, or 5
Rdd groups;
or two geminal ens on a carbon atom are replaced with the group =0, =S,
=NN(Rbb)2, =NNRbbC(=O)Raa, =NNRbbC(=O)ORa3, S(=O)2R‘“, =NRbb, or =N0RC“;
each instance of RE18 is, ndently, selected from CHO alkyl, C1710 perhaloalkyl, C340
alkenyl, C3,“) alkynyl, C3,“) carbocyclyl, 3—14 membered heterocyclyl, C644 aryl, and 5—14
inenibered heteroaryl, or two Ram groups are joined to form a 3—14 membered cyclyl or 5—
14 ed heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl,
aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, l, 2, 3; 4, or 5 Rdd groups;
each instance of Rbb is, independently, selected from en, —OH, —OR"‘B, —N(RC°)2, —
CN, —C(=O)Raa, —C(=O)N(RCC)2, a, —SOgR“a, —C{=NR°C)ORM, —C(=NRCC)N(RC°)2, —
SOgN(RCC)2, °, CC, ‘, —C(,=SI)N(R°°)2, —C(=O)SR°°, —C(=S)SR°°, —
P(=O)2Raa, —P(=O)(Raa)2, —P(=O)2N(R°c)3, —P(=O)(NR°°)2, C 1—10 alkyl, C1_10 perhaloalkyl, C340
alkenyl: C340 alkynyl, C3—10 carbocyclyl, 3—14 membered heterocyclyl, C644 aryl, and 5—14
nieinbered heteroaryl, or two Rbb groups are joined to form a 3—141nembered heterocyclyl or 5—
14 menibered heteroaiyl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, hetei‘ocyclyl,
aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, l: 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups;
each instance of Rcc is; independently, selected from hydrogen, CHO alkyl, C140
perhaloalkyl, C340 alkenyl, C240 alkynyl, C340 carbocyclyl, 3—14 rnembered heterocyclyl, CH4
aryl, and 5—14 niembered aryl, or two RCC groups arejoined to form a 3—14 ed
heterocyclyl or 5—14 memhered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, l, alkynyl,
carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, l, 2 3 3, 4, or 5
Rdd groups;
each instance of Rdd is, independently, selected from halogen, CN, N02, N3, SOgH,
sogH, —OH, —0Re€, —ON(Rfi)2, —N(Rff)2, —N(R‘"“)3*>C, —N(0R6‘=)Rfi°, —SH, —SR*, —SSR*, —
C(=0)Rti —C02H, —C02Ree, —OC(=O)Re°, —ocozR“, —C(=O)N(Rff)g, —0C(=0)N(Rfl)2, —
NRffC(=O)Ree, —NRfiC02R€e, —NRfi‘C(=0)N(R“)2, —C(=NRff)ORee, Rff)Ree, —
OC(=NRff)ORee, —C(=NRff)N(Rfi)2, —OC(=NRff)N(RH)2, —NREC(=NRE)N(Rif)2,—NRfi802Ree3 —
soZN(Rfl‘)z, —s02Rei —sozonei —osozn'~‘t, —S(=O)Re€, 5102“)?” —OSi(Ree)3, N(Rff)2, —
C(=O)SR“’, —C(=S)SRee, —SC(=S)SR“, 2Ree, —P(=O)(Ree)2, —OP(=O)(Ree)2, —
OP(=O)(OR6€)2, CH; alkyl, C1_6 perhaloalkyl, CH. alkenyi, C24, alkynyl, C3_10 carbocyclyl, 3—10
nieinbered heterocyclyl, C640 aryl, 5—10 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, l, 2,
3, 4, or 5 Rgg groups, or two geniinal Rdd substituents can be joined to form =O or =S;
each instance of Re6 is, independently, selected from CW alkyl, CM oalkyl, C245
l, C24; alkynyl, C340 carbocyclyl, C540 aryl, 3—10 niembered heterocyclyl, and 3—l0
membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aiyl, and
heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, l 2 or 5 Rgg groups;
, , 3, 4,
each instance of Rff is; independently, selected from hydrogen, CH, alkyl, C 1,6
perhaloaikyl, C24 alkenyl, C24 alkynyl, C340 carbocyclyi, 3—10 rneinbered heterocyclyl, Cam
aryl and 5—10 menibered heteroaryL or two Rff groups are joined to form a 3—14 ed
heterccyclyl or 5—14 membered heteroaryl ring, n each alkyl, alkenyl, l,
carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5
Rgg groups; and
each instance of Rgg is, independently, halogen, —CNa —N02, —N3, —SOZH, —SO3H, —OH>
—OC1_(, alkyl, _6 alkyl); —N(C1_6 alkyl); —N(C1_(, alkyl)3+X_, —NH(C1_6 alkyl)2+X_, —
NH2(CH; alkyl) +X’, —NH3+X’, —N(OCM alkyl)(C1,6 alkyi), —N(OH)(CH, alkyl), —NH(OH), —
SH, —SCH, alkyl,—SS(C1,6 alkyl), (C1,6 alkyl), —COgH, —C02(CH, alkyl), —OC(=O)(C1,6
alkyl), —OC02(C1,6 alkyl), —C(=O)NH2, —C(=O)N(CH; alkyl)2, —OC(=O)NH(C1,6 alkyl); —
NHC(=O)( CH; alkyl), —N(CH, alkyl)C(=O)( CH; alkyi), —NHC02(CH, alkyl), —NHC(=O)N(C1,
6 all<yl)2,—NHC(=O)NH(C1,6 alkyl); —NHC(=O)NH2, —C(=NH)O(C% ;—OC(=NH)(C1,6
alkyl), —OC(=NH)OC1,6 alkyl, —C(=NH)N(C1,6 alkyl); —C(=NH)NH(C1,6 alkyl), —C(=NH)NH2,
—OC(=NH)N(C1,6 alkyl)3, —OC(NH)NH(CH, alkyl), —OC(NH)NH3, —NHC(NH)N(CH, ; —
NHC(=NH)NH3, —NHSOZ(C1,6 alkyl), —SOZN(CH, alkyl)2, —SOZNH(C1,6 , —SO;NH3,—
SOZCM alkyl, —SOgOCH, alkyl, —OSOZCH, alkyl, —SOCH, alkyl, —Si(CH, alkyl)3, —OSi(CM
; —C(=S)N(CH; alkyl)2, C(=S)NH(CH, alkyl), C(=S)NH2, —C(=O)S(CH alkyl), —
C(=S)SCH, alkylg —SC(=S)SC1,6 alkyl, —P(=O)2(CH, aikyl), —P(=O)(CH, alkylh, —OP(=O)(C1$
alkyl); )(OC H; alkyl); C175 alkyl, CH) perhaloaikyi, C243 i, C24, alkynyl, C340
carbocyciyl, C5,10 aryl, 3—10 membered heterocyclyl, 5—10 membered heteroaryl; or two geniinal
Rgg substituents can be joined to form =0 or =S; wherein X’ is a counterion
[0074} A “counterion” or ic counterion” is a negatively charged group ated
with a ic nary amino group in order to maintain onic neutrality. Exemplary
counterions include halide ions (cg, F‘, Ci‘, Br‘, 1"),N03_, (7104—, OH‘, H2PO4‘, H804: 304'
2sulfonate ions (e.g., metliansulfonate, trifluoromethanesuifonate, p—toluenesulfonate,
benzenesulfonate, lO—camphor sulfonate, naphtlialene—Z—suifonate, naphthalene—l—sulfonic
acid—S—sulfonate, ethan—l—sulfonic acid—Z—sulfonate, and the like), and carboxylate ions (e.g.,
acetate, ethanoate, propanoate, benzoate, glycerate, lactate, tartrate, glycolate, and the like).
[0075} Nitrogen atoms can be substituted or unsubstituted as valency permits, and
include primary, secondary, tertiary, and quarternary nitrogen atoms. Exemplary nitrogen atom
substitutents include, but are not limited to, hydrogen, —OH, —OR“, —N(Rc°)2, —CN, —C(=O)R"“’,
—C(=O)N(R“)2, —C02R”, 5021i”, —C(=NRbb)R“, —C(=NR“)OR”, —C(=NR°°)N(R°“)2, —
SO;N(RCC)2, —SOgR°°, —SOzORCC, —SOR3“, —C(=S)N(RC°)2, —C(=O)SR°°, —C(=S)SRCC, —
P(=O)2Rm, —P(=O)(R“)2, —P(=O)2N(Rc°‘)g, —P(=O)(NR°C)2, C 1_10 alkyl, Cv1_m perhaloalkyl, C2—10
l, C240 alkynyl, C340 carbocyclyl, 3—14 membered cyclyl, C644 aryl, and 5—14
membered heteroaryl, or two Rcc groups attached to a nitrogen atom are joined to form a 3—14
membered heterocyclyl or 5—14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,
carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independentiy substituted with 0, l, 2, 3, 4, or 5
Rdd groups, and wherein R“, Rbb, RCC and Rdd are as defined above.
[0076} These and other exemplary substituents are described in more detail in the
Detailed Description, Examples, and . The invention is not intended to be limited in any
manner by the above exemplary listing of substituents.
Other tions
[0077} The term aceutically acceptable salt” refers to those salts which are, within
the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and
lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are
commensurate with a able benefit/risk ratio. Phannaceutically acceptable salts are well
known in the art. For example, Berge et all, bes pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail
in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences (l977) 66:1—19. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the
compounds of this ion include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and
bases. Examples of ceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an
amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, romic acid,
phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid,
oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other
methods used in the art such as ion exchange. Other ceutically able salts e
adipate, alginate, ascorbate, ate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate,
camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate,
sulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate,
heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2—hydroxy—ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate,
lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2—naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate,
nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, ate, persulfate, 3—phenylpropionate, phosphate,
picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, ate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, enesulfonate,
undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts derived from
appropriate bases e alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N+(C14alkyl)4 salts.
Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, m, ium, calcium,
magnesium, and the like. Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate,
nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such
as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, lower alkyl sulfonate, and aryl
sulfonate.
[0078} A ct” to which administration is contemplated includes, but is not limited
to, humans (126., a male or female of any age group, ag. a pediatric t (e.g, infant, child,
adolescent) or adult t (e.g., young adult, middle—aged adult or senior adult» and/or a non-
human animal, e.g., a mammal such as primates (e.g, cynomolgus monkeys, rhesus s),
, pigs, horses, sheep, goats, rodents, cats, and/or dogs. In certain embodiments, the subject
is a human. In n embodiments, the subject is a non-human animal. The terms “human,”
“patient,” and “subject” are used interchangeably herein.
[0079} Disease, disorder, and condition are used interchangeably herein.
[0080} As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the terms , 7‘! LLtreating” and
“treatment” contemplate an action that occurs while a subject is suffering from the specified
disease, disorder or condition, which reduces the ty of the e, disorder or condition, or
retards or slows the progression of the disease, disorder or condition (“therapeutic treatment”),
and also contemplates an action that occurs before a subject begins to suffer from the specified
disease, disorder or condition (“prophylactic ent”),
[0081} In general, the “effective amount” of a compound refers to an amount sufficient to
elicit the desired ical response. As will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in this art,
the effective amount of a compound of the invention may vary depending on such factors as the
desired biological endpoint, the pharmacokinetics of the compound, the disease being treated, the
mode of administration, and the age, health, and condition of the subject. An effective amount
encompasses therapeutic and prophylactic treatment.
[0082} As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, a “therapeutically effective
amount” of a compound is an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic benefit in the treatment
of a disease, disorder or condition, or to delay or ze one or more symptoms associated
with the disease, er or condition. A therapeutically effective amount of a compound means
an amount of therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other therapies, which provides a
therapeutic t in the treatment of the disease, disorder or ion. The term
“therapeutically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall therapy,
reduces or avoids symptoms or causes of disease or ion, or enhances the therapeutic
efficacy of r therapeutic agent.
[0083} As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, a “prophylactically effective
amount” of a compound is an amount sufficient to t a disease, disorder or condition, or
one or more symptoms associated with the disease, disorder or condition, or prevent its
recurrence. A prophylactically effective amount of a compound means an amount of a
therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other agents, which provides a prophylactic
benefit in the prevention of the disease, er or condition. The term “prophylactically
effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall prophylaxis or enhances the
prophylactic efficacy of another lactic agent.
Detailed Description of Certain Embodiments of the Invention
[0084} The inventors of the present invention, during an ng exploration of Org—l
analogs for NMDA modulation, a portion of which is described in l,
incorporated herein by nce, ered several specific combination of ts which
provides NMDA modulators with comparatively superior properties. For example, as shown in
Table 1, compounds bearing a beta-hydrogen at C5 are disfavored ed to compounds
bearing either alpha-hydrogen C5 or double bond across C5-C6 due to loss of potentiation of the
NMDA receptor. The removal of the methyl at C2; also results in significant loss ofNMDA
potentiation. Disubstitution at C3 is expected to increase metabolic stability of these compounds
and is thus a preferrred feature of the ion. Fluorination on the C17 side chain has been
shown to improve potency and limit maximum potentiation of the NMDA receptor when tested
as high as 1 uM concentration of compound. A secondary or ry terminal alcohol on the C 17
side chain has been shown to improve potency and limit maximum potentiation of the NMDA
receptor when tested as high as 1 uM tration of compound, and is thus a preferred feature
of the invention, with a preference for bulkier groups at the terminating end containing 2-3
carbons, or a group sing fluorine substitution. Such properties are expected limit the risk
of inducing ate driven oxicity relative to compounds that achieve a greater
maximum potentiation of the NMDA receptor Compounds of the t ion encompass
various combinations of these specified features to provide superior NMDA modulators.
Compozmds
[0085} In one aspect, provided herein are compounds according to a (I):
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
R1 is tuted or unsubstituted aliphatic;
R2 is hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C;_6alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted cyclopropyl, or —ORA'3, wherein RA2 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl;
R33 is hydrogen or —ORA3, wherein R“ is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
and R3b is hydrogen; or R3a and R3b are joined to form an oxo (=0) group;
R4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or halogen;
X is —C(RX)2— or —O-, wherein RX is hydrogen or fluorine, or one RX group and R5b are
joined to form a double bond;
each instance of R5a and R5b is independently hydrogen or fluorine;
R6a is a non-hydrogen group selected from the group consisting of substituted and
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl,
substituted and tituted carboc-yclyl, substituted and unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted
and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl group, wherein the non-
hydrogen group is optionally substituted with fluorine; and
R6b is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group optionally substituted with
-._—_~; represents a single or double bond, ed if a single bond is present, then the
hydrogen at C5 is in the alpha configuration;
and further provided that:
(l) at least one of RX, Rsa, and RSb is fluorine; or
(2) at least one of R6a and R6b is a non-hydrogen group substituted with a fluorine; or
(3) R6a is a drogen group sing between two and ten carbon atoms.
[0086} As generally described herein, compounds n the hydrogen at C5 is provided
in the hem configuration demonstrate loss ofNMDA iation compared to compounds
wherein the hydrogen at C5 is alpha, or wherein a double bond is present at C5-C6. Thus, the
compound of Formula (I) encompasses only compounds of Formula (I-A) and (LB):
(I-A) (1-8)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Group R1
[0087} As generally defined herein, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted alphatic, 17.6.,
tuted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkynyl, or substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl.
[0088} In certain embodiments, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, e.g., substituted
or unsubstituted C 1_6all<yl, substituted or unsubstituted l, substituted or unsubstituted C2_
galkyl, substituted or unsubstituted CHaikyl, substituted or unsubstituted C4_5alkyl, or
substituted or unsubstituted kyl. Exemplary R1 Cmaikyl groups include, but are not
limited to, substituted or unsubstituted methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), n—propyl (C 3), isopropyl (C3), n—
butyl (C4), tert—butyl (C4), sec—butyl (C4), iso—butyl (C4): n—pentyl (C5), 3—pentanyl (C5): amyl
(C5), neopentyl (C5), 3—methyl—2—butanyi (C5), tertiary amyi (C5), n—hexyl (C6), (31,6 alkyl
substituted with i, 2, 3, 4, S, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more fluoro groups (e.g., —CF3, —CH2F, —CHF2,
difluoroethyl, and 2,2,2—trifluoro—I,l—dimethyl—ethyl), CM alkyl substituted with l, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 10, or more chloro groups (gag, —CH2Cl, —CHClz), and C14 alkyl tuted with alkoxy
groups (8g, —CH20CH3, —CH30CH2CH3, —CH20-cyclopropyl). In certain embodiments, R1 is
substituted alkyl, e.g., R1 is haloalkyl, aikoxyaikyi, or aminoalkyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is
Me, Et, n-Pr, u—Bu, i-Bu, fluoromethyi, chloromethyi, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl,
trifluoroethyl, difluoroethyl, 2 ,2,2-trifluoro- l ,I-dimethyi-ethyl, methoxymethyl, methoxyethyl,
or ethoxymethyl.
[0089} In certain embodiments, R1 is unsubstituted CH, alkyl, e.g., R1 is —CH3, -CH2CH3,
01‘ —CH2CH2CH3.
[0090} In certain ments, R1 is alkyl substituted with one or more fluorine atoms;
e.g., R1 is —CH3F, curl, or —CF3.
[0091} In certain embodiments, R1 is alkyl substituted with one or more —ORAl groups,
wherein RA1 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstitued alkyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is —
CHgORAi, e.g., wherein RA1 is hydrogen, —CH3, —CH2CH3, or —CH3CH3CH3.
[0092} In certain embodiments, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, e.g.,
substituted or tituted C2,6alkenyl, substituted or tituted CHalkenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted CHalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C475alkenyl, or substituted or
unsubstituted Csfigalkenyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is ethenyl (C2), propenyl (C3), or butenyl
(C4), unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group
consisting of alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or yl. In certain embodiments, R1 is
ethenyl, propenyl, or butenyl, unsubstituted or substituted with alkyi, halo, kyl,
alkyl, or hydroxy. In n embodiments, R1 is ethenyl.
In certain embodiments, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, e.g.,
substituted or unsubstituted Cgmalkynyi, substituted or unsubstituted kynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted Cgualkynyl, tuted or unsubstituted C4_5aikynyl, or substituted or
unsubstituted Csnalkynyl. Exemplary substituted or tituted R1 l groups include,
but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyi, or butynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, halo,
haloalkyl (ag C133), alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl (rag, cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl), or hydroxyl. In
certain embodiments, R1 is ed from the group consisting of trifluoroethynyl,
cyclopropylethynyl, cyclobutylethynyl, and propynyi, fluoropropynyl, and chloroethynyl. In
certain embodiments, R1 is ethynyl (C2), propynyl (C3), or butynyl (C4), unsubstituted or
substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryi, substituted or unsubstituted
carbocyclyl, and tuted or tituted heterocyclyl, In certain embodiments, R1 is ethynyl
(C2), propynyl (C3), or butynyl (C4) substituted with substituted phenyl. In certain ments,
the phenyl substitutent is further substituted with one or more substituents ed from the
group ting of halo, alkyl, trifluoroalkyl, alkoxy, acyl, amino or amido. In certain
embodiments, R1 is ethynyl (C2), propynyl (C3), or butynyi (C4) substituted with substituted or
tituted pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazoyi, thiazolyl, oyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-
triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or tetrazolyl.
[0094} In n embodiments, R1 is ethynyl, propynyl, or butynyl, unsubstituted or
substituted with alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or hydroxyl. In certain ments, R1 is
ethynyl or propynyl, tuted with substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In n embodiments,
R1 is ethynyl or propynyl, substituted with phenyl unsubstituted or substituted with halo, alkyl,
alkoxy, haloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, or acyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is ethynyl or propynyl,
substituted with substituted or unsubstituted carbocyc-lyl. In certain embodiments, R3a is ethynyl
or yl, substituted with substituted or unsubstituted cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,
or cyclohexyl. In n ments, R1 is ethynyl or propynyl, substituted with substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl. In certain ments, R1 is ethynyl or propynyl, substituted with
substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyl, or pyrimidinyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is ethynyl or
propynyl, substituted with substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazoyl,
thiazolyl, isoxazoyl, l,2,3—triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl. In
certain embodiments, R1 is ethynyl or propynyl, substituted with substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, RI is ethynyl or propynyl, substituted with substituted or
tituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, or mopholinyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is
propynyl or butynyl, substituted with hydroxyl or alkoxy. In certain embodiments, R1 is
propynyl or butynyl, substituted with methoxy or ethoxy. In certain embodiments, R1 is ethynyl
or propynyl, substituted with chloro. In certain ments, R1 is ethynyl or propynyl,
substituted with trifluoromethyl.
[0095} In certain embodiments, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, e.g.,
substituted or tituted C3,6carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted CHcarbocyclyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C475 carbocyclyi, or substituted or unsubstituted C5,6 yclyl. In
certain embodiments, R1 is substituted or unsubstituted cyclopropyl or substituted or
unsubstituted cyclobutyl.
Groups R2, R3”, R37), and R4
[0096} As generally defined herein, R2 is hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted
C1_5alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted cyclopropyl, or —ORA2, wherein RA2 is en or
substituted. or unsubstituted alkyl. In certain ments, R2 is hydrogen. In certain
embodiments, R2 is n, e.g, fluoro, chioro, bromo, or iodo. In certain embodiments, R2 is
fluoro or chloro. In certain embodiments, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted C1_6alkyl, e.g.,
substituted or tituted Cygalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted CHalkyl, tuted or
unsubstituted analkyl, substituted or tituted Cmgaikyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C5,
6alkyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is —CH3, -CH3CH3, —CH2CH2CH3, or cyclopropyl. In
certain ments, R2 is —ORA2. In certain embodiments, RA2 is en. In certain
embodiments, RA2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C t,
galkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1,3alkyl, tuted or unsubstituted CHalkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted CHalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Cmsalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted
yl. In certain embodiments, RA2 is hydrogen, —CH3, -CH3CH3, or —CH2CH2CH3, i. (2., to
provide a group R2 of formula —OH, —OCH3, -OCH2CH3, or —OCH2CH3CH3. In certain
embodiments, R2 is a non-hydrogen substitutent in the alpha configuration. In certain
embodiments, R2 is a drogen substituent in the beta configuration.
[0097} As generally defined herein, R33‘ is hydrogen or —ORM, wherein RAS is hydrogen
or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and R3b is en; or R3a and R3b are joined to form an
oxo (=0) group.
[0098} In certain embodiments, both R33 and R3b are both hydrogen.
[0099} In certain embodiments, R3‘1 and R3b are joined to form an oxo (=0) group.
In certain embodiments, R3“ is —ORA3 and R31) is hydrogen. In certain
. . 2, m
ments, wherein R‘ a is —ORA.
3 R” is in the alpha or baa. configuration. In certain. . . .
. . 1 . 1
embodiments, wherein R"a is —ORA', R3 ‘ is in the alpha configuration. In certain embodiments,; . . . . .
wherem R. 3 a . . . . . . .
A 3 3‘q . 3
is —OR"‘ R is in the beta configuration. In certain embodiments, R‘i‘ is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, RA; is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, e.g., substituted or
unsubstituted C trgalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ctrzalkyl, substituted or tituted C2,
3alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted CHalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted CHalkyl, or
substituted or unsubstituted Csréalkyl. In certain embodiments, RA3 is hydrogen, —CH3, -
CH3CH3, or —CH2CH2CH3, 116., to provide a group R33 of formula —OH, —OCH3, -OCH2CH3, or
—OCH2CH2CH3.
As generally defined herein, R4 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or
halogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is halogen, e.g,
fluoro. In certain embodiments, R4 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, e.g, substituted or
tituted Cmalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C ;_3aikyl., substituted or unsubstituted C3.
3alky1, substituted or unsubstituted CHalkyl, tuted or unsubstituted C4_5alkyl, or
substituted or unsubstituted Cwalkyl. In certain embodiments, R4 is C; alkyl, e.g., —CH3 or -CF3.
In certain embodiments, R,4 is hydrogen, -CH3, or —F. In certain embodiments, n :2:
ents a single bond, R4 is a non-hydrogen substitutent in the alpha configuration. In certain
embodiments, wherein — represents a single bond, R4 is a non—hydrogen substituent in the beta
configuration.
GroupX, R5”, R57), R6“, and R65
As lly defined herein, X is —C(RX)2— or —O—, wherein RX is hydrogen or
fluorine, or one RX group and R5b are joined to form a double bond; each of RS‘1 and R5b is
independently hydrogen or fluorine; R63 is a drogen group selected from the group
consisting of substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, substituted and unsubstituted alkenyl,
substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl, tuted and unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted and
unsubstituted cyclyl, substituted and unsubstituted aryl, and substituted and unsubstituted
heteroaryl group, wherein the non-hydrogen group is ally substituted with fluorine; and
R6b is hydrogen or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group optionally substituted with fluorine;
provided: ( I) at least one of RX, R5“, and R5b is e; or (2) at least one of R6a and R6b is a
non-hydrogen group substituted with fluorine; or (3) Rf"3 is a non-hydrogen group comprising
between two and ten carbon atoms.
In certain embodiments, X is —0—. In n embodiments, X is —CH3—. In
certain embodiments, X is —CF2—.
In certain embodiments, at least one of Rsa and R5b is hydrogen. In certain
ments, at least one of R58 and R5b is fluorine. In certain embodiments, R53 and R5b are
both hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R53 and R5b are both fluorine. In certain embodiments,
RX and RSb are joined to form a double bond, e.g., cis or 1mm double bond.
In n embodiments, R6“ is a non-hydrogen group, as described herein, which
is not substituted with fluorine. In certain ments, R63 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
(e.g., —CH3, —CH2CH3, —CH(CH3)2), substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkynyl, or substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl (e.g., isopropanol). In n
embodiments, R621 is a non-hydrogen group, as described herein, which is substituted with
fluorine.
In certain embodiments, R68 is a non-hydrogen group, as described herein, and R6b
is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6‘1 is a non-hydrogen group, as described herein, and R6b
is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group ally substituted by fluorine. In certain
embodiments, R6b is an alkyl group which is not tuted with fluorine. In certain
embodiments, R6“ is an alkyl group which is substituted with fluorine.
In certain embodiments, R6b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6b is
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted C 1,6alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted CHalkyl, tuted or unsubstituted C273alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3,
4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Crusaikyi, or substituted or unsubstituted CHalkyl, optionally
substituted by e. In certain embodiments, R6b is C; alkyl ally substituted by
fluorine, e.g., —CH3 or —CF3.
In certain embodiments, R621 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, e.g., substituted
or tituted Cmalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted CHalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2,
galkyl, substituted or unsubstituted CHalkyi, substituted or unsubstituted CHalkyl, or
substituted or unsubstituted CHalkyl. ary R63 C 1_6alkyl groups include, but are not
d to, substituted or unsubstituted methyi (C 1), substituted or unsubstituted ethyl (C 3),
substituted or unsubstituted n—propyl (C3), substituted or unsubstituted pyl (C 3),
substituted or unsubstituted n—butyl (C4), substituted or unsubstituted tert—butyl (C4), substituted
or unsubstituted sec—butyl (C4), substituted or unsubstituted tyl (C4), substituted or
unsubstituted n—pentyl (C5), substituted or unsubstituted 3—pentanyl (C5), substituted or
unsubstituted amyl (C5), substituted or tituted neopentyl (C5), substituted or unsubstituted
3—methyl—2—butanyl (C5), substituted or unsubstituted tertiary amyl (C5), substituted or
unsubstituted n—hexyl (C5). In certain embodiments, R63 is alkyl, as described above, tuted
with one or more fluorines, e.g., l, 2, 3, 4, or more fluorines. In certain embodiments, R6a is —
C173, —CH;F, —CHFg~ difluoroethyl, or 2,2,2—trifluoro—l ,l—dimethyl—ethyl). In certain
embodiments, R68 is alkyl, as described above, substituted with one or more —ORA6 ,
n RA6 is hydrogen or substituted or titued alkyl. In certain embodiments, R63 is —
CHZORA6, —CH2CH20RA6, or —CH3CH3CH20RA6, e.g., H3, —CH2CH20CH3, or —
CH2CH2CH20CH3.
In certain ments, R63 is substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, e.g.,
substituted or unsubstituted C2_6all<enyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3_3alkenyl, substituted or
tituted CHalkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C4,5a1kenyl, or substituted or
unsubstituted CHalkenyl, optionally substituted with fluorine. In n embodiments, R6a is
substituted or unsubstituted Vinyl (C2) or substituted or unsubstituted allyl (C 3).
In certain embodiments, R68 is substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, tag
substituted or unsubstituted Cgmalkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted CHalkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted nyl, substituted or unsubstituted Casalkynyl, or substituted or
unsubstituted CHalkynyl, optionally substituted with fluorine. In certain embodiments, R6a is
substituted or unsubstituted ethynyl (C3) or substituted or unsubstituted gyl (C3).
In certain embodiments, R6a is substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, e.g.,
substituted or unsubstituted C3%carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted Cgucarbocyclyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C44 carbocyclyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Cam carbocyclyl,
optionally substituted with fluorine. In certain embodiments, R63 is tuted or unsubstituted
cyclopropyl.
In certain embodiments, R63 is substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, e.g.,
substituted or unsubstituted C34, cyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3—4 heterocyclyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C4_5 heterocyclyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C54) heterocyclyl,
optionally substituted with fluorine.
In certain embodiments, R6‘1 is substituted or unsubstituted aiyl, tag, substituted
or unsubstituted phenyl, optionally substituted with e.
In n embodiments, R62‘ is substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, e.g.,
optionally tuted 5— to 6—membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with fluorine.
In certain embodiments, R6a is a non-hydrogen group comprising between two
and ten carbon atoms, e.g., between two and nine, two and eight, two and seven, two and six, two
and five, two and four, or two and three carbon atoms, inclusive. For example, in certain
embodiments, R621 is tuted or unsubstituted C33 alkyi, substituted or unsubstituted C23
l, substituted or unsubstituted C2-3 alkynyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C3 carbocyclyl.
In certain embodiments, wherein at least one of RX, R53, and R5b is fluorine; or at
least one of R63 and R6b is a drogen group substituted with fluorine; R621 is substituted or
unsubstituted Cm alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-3 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C r-
3 alkynyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C3 carbocyclyl.
In certain embodiments, R6a and R6b are the same group. In certain embodiments,
R6a and R6b are different groups, and the carbon to R68 is attached is in the (S) or (R)
configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R6a is attached is in the (S)
configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to which R6a is ed is in the (R)
uration. In n embodiments, R6a is —CF3 and R6b is hydrogen or C14 alkyl. In certain
embodiments, R6“ is a non—hydrogen group substituted with fluorine, and R6b is —CH3. In certain
embodiments, R6a is substituted with one or more —ORA6 groups, n RA6 is hydrogen or
tuted or unsubstitued alkyl. In certain embodiments, R62‘ is a substituted or unsubstituted
(32-4 alkyl, tuted or unsubstituted C23 alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C33 alkynyl, or
substituted or unsubstituted C3 carbocyclyl, and R6b is —CH3. In certain embodiments, R6a is a
unsubstituted C24 alkyl, unsubstituted C2_3 alkenyl, or unsubstituted C2_3 alkynyl, or
unsubstituted C3 carbocyclyl, and R6b is —CH3. In certain embodiments, R6a is a non-hydrogen
group substituted with fluorine, and R6b is —CH3.
Various Combinations of Certain Embodiments
Various combinations of certain embodiments are futher plated herein.
For example, in n ments, wherein X is —CH2- and R5a and R51) are
both hydrogen, provided is a compound of Formula (1-21):
(1-21)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain ments, R63 is a non-hydrogen
group comprising between two and ten carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, at least one of
R6a and R6b is a non-hydrogen group substituted with fluorine. In certain embodiments, the
carbon to which R6a is attached is in the (S) configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to
which R6a is attached is in the (R) configuration. In certain embodiments, R63 is methyl (C 1)
optionally substituted with one or more fluorines, e.g., -CH3 or -CF3. In certain embodiments,
R681 is substituted or unsubstituted ethyl (C3), substituted or unsubstituted n—propyl (C 3), or
substituted or unsubstituted pyl (C3). In certain embodiments, R6“ is —CHZORA6, —
CH2CH30RA6, or —CH2CH2CH20RA6. In certain embodiments, R6“ is substituted or
unsubstituted Vinyl (C2) or tuted or tituted allyl (C13). In certain embodiments, R6“ is
substituted or unsubstituted ethynyl (C3) or substituted or unsubstituted propargyl (C3). In certain
embodiments, R6“ is substituted or unsubstituted cyclopropyl. In certain embodiments, R6b is
hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6b is —CH3 or —CF3. In certain embodiments, — represents
a single bond, and the hydrogen at C5 is alpha. In certain ments, — represents a double
bond. In certain embodiments, R1 is —CH3 or —CH2CH3. In certain ments, R2 is hydrogen,
—OH, —OCH -OCH2CH3, —OCH3CH2CH3, —CH3, 3, —CH2CH2CH3, cyclopropyl,
fluoro, or chloro. In certain embodiments, R2 is a drogen substitutent in the alpha
configuration. In n embodiments, R2 is a drogen substituent in the beta
configuration. In certain embodiments, R3“ and R3b are both hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
R3a and R3b are joined to form =0 (0x0). In certain embodiments, R4 is hydrogen.
In n embodiments, wherein X is —CH2- and R52! and R5b are both fluorine,
provided is a compound of Formula (I-b):
(Lb)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, R6a is a non-hydrogen
group sing between two and ten carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, at least one of
R6a and R6b is a non-hydrogen group substituted with fluorine. In certain embodiments, the
carbon to which R6a is attached is in the (S) configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to
which R621 is attached is in the (R) ration. In certain embodiments, R63 is methyl (C 1),
optionally tuted with one or more fluorines, e.g., -CH3 or -CF3. In certain embodiments,
R681 is substituted or unsubstituted ethyl (C3), substituted or unsubstituted n—propyl (C 3), or
substituted or unsubstituted isopropyl (C3). In certain embodiments, R6“ is —CHZORA6, —
CH2CH30RA6, or —CH2CH2CH20RA6. In certain embodiments, R6“ is tuted or
unsubstituted Vinyl (C2) or substituted or unsubstituted allyl (C3). In certain embodiments, R6“ is
substituted or unsubstituted ethynyl (C3) or substituted or unsubstituted propargyl (C3). In certain
embodiments, R6“ is substituted or unsubstituted cyclopropyl. In certain ments, R6b is
hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6b is —CH3 or —CF3. In certain embodiments, — represents
a single bond, and the hydrogen at C5 is alpha. In certain embodiments, — represents a double
bond. In certain embodiments, R1 is —CH3 or —CH2CH3 In certain embodiments, R2 is hydrogen,
—OH, —OCH -OCH2CH3, —OCH2CH2CH3, —CH3, -CH2CH3, 2CH3, cyclopropyl,
fluoro, or chloro. In certain embodiments, R2 is a drogen substitutent in the alpha
configuration. In certain embodiments, R2 is a non-hydrogen substituent in the beta
configuration. In certain embodiments, R3“ and R3b are both hydrogen. In n embodiments,
R3a and R3b are joined to form =0 (0x0). In n embodiments, R4 is hydrogen.
In n embodiments, wherein X is —C(RX)2- and one RX group and R5b are
joined to form a trans double bond, provided is a compound of Formula (Le):
(I-C)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In n embodiments, R6a is a non-hydrogen
group comprising between two and ten carbon atoms. In n embodiments, at least one of
R6a and R6b is a non-hydrogen group tuted with fluorine. In certain embodiments, the
carbon to which R6a is attached is in the (S) configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to
which R621 is attached is in the (R) configuration. In certain embodiments, R63 is methyl (C 1)
optionally substituted with one or more fluorines, 6g, -CH3 or -CF3. In certain ments,
R681 is substituted or tituted ethyl (C3), substituted or unsubstituted n—propyl (C 3), or
substituted or tituted isopropyl (C3). In certain embodiments, R6“ is —CHZORA6, —
CH2CH30RA6, or —CH2CH2CH20RA6. In certain embodiments, R6“ is tuted or
unsubstituted Vinyl (C2) or substituted or unsubstituted allyl (C3). In certain embodiments, R6“ is
substituted or unsubstituted ethynyl (C3) or substituted or unsubstituted propargyl (C3). In
n embodiments, R621 is substituted or unsubstituted cyclopropyl. In certain embodiments,
R6b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6b is —CH3 or —CF3. In certain embodiments, —
represents a single bond, and the hydrogen at C5 is alpha. In certain embodiments, —
represents a double bond. In certain ments, R1 is —CH:, or —CH2CH3. In certain
embodiments, R2 is hydrogen, —OH, —OCH3, -OCH2CH3, —OCH2CH2CH3, —CH3, -CH2CH3, —
CH2CH2CH3, cyclopropyl, fluoro, or chloro. In n embodiments, R2 is a non-hydrogen
substitutent in the alpha configuration. In certain embodiments, R2 is a non-hydrogen substituent
in the beta configuration. In certain embodiments, R33 and R3b are both hydrogen. In certain
ments, R33 and R3b are joined to form =0 (0x0). In certain embodiments, R4 is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is selected from a
compound of Formula (II):
c5
R1 (H)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, R621 is a drogen
group comprising between two and ten carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, at least one of
R63 and R6b is a non-hydrogen group substituted with fluorine. In certain embodiments, the
carbon to which R68 is attached is in the (S) configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to
which R63 is attached is in the (R) configuration. In certain embodiments, R621 is methyl (C1)
optionally substituted with one or more fluorines, e.g., -CH3 or -CF3. In certain embodiments,
R63 is substituted or unsubstituted ethyl (C2), substituted or unsubstituted n—propyl (C3), or
substituted or tituted isopropyl (C3). In certain embodiments, R6a is —CH20RA(’, —
CH2CH20RA6, or —CH2CH2CH20RA6. In certain embodiments, R6'“ is substituted or
unsubstituted Vinyl (C2) or substituted or tituted ailyl (C 3). In certain embodiments, R6a is
tuted or unsubstituted l (C2) or substituted or unsubstituted propargyi (C3). In
certain embodiments, R63 is substituted or unsubstituted cyclopropyl. In certain embodiments,
R6b is en. In certain embodiments, Rbb is —CH3 or —CF3. In certain embodiments, —
represents a single bond, and the hydrogen at C5 is alpha. In certain embodiments, —-
ents a double bond. In certain embodiments, R1 is —CH3 or —CH2CH3.
In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is selected from a
compound of Formula (II-A):
(II-A)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, R6a is a non-hydrogen
group sing between two and ten carbon atoms. In certain ments, at least one of
R63 and R6b is a non-hydrogen group substituted with fluorine. In certain embodiments, the
carbon to which Rm1 is attached is in the (S) configuration In certain embodiments, the carbon to
which R68 is attached is in the (R) configuration. In n embodiments, R6a is methyl (C1)
optionally substituted with one or more fluorines, e.g., -CH3 or -CF3. In certain embodiments,
R6a is substituted or unsubstituted ethyl (C2), substituted or unsubstituted n—propyl (C3), or
substituted. or unsubstituted isopropyl (C3). In certain embodiments, R621 is —CH20RA6, —
CHZCHZORM", or —CH2CH2CH20RAG. In certain embodiments, R6“ is substituted or
unsubstituted Vinyl (C2) or substituted or unsubstituted allyi (C3). In certain embodiments, R6a is
substituted or unsubstituted ethynyl (C2) or substituted or unsubstituted propargyi (C3). In
certain embodiments, R68 is tuted or unsubstituted ropyl. In certain embodiments,
R6b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R6b is —CH3 or —CF3. In certain embodiments, R1 is —
CH3 OI‘ —CH2CH3.
In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is selected from a
compound of Formula (II-B):
R R
(II-B)
or a pharmaceutically able salt thereof. In certain embodiments, R6“ is a non-hydrogen
group sing between two and ten carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, at least one of
R6"1 and R61) is a drogen group substituted with fluorine. In certain embodiments, the
carbon to which RGa is attached is in the (S) configuration. In certain embodiments, the carbon to
which R621 is attached is in the (R) configuration. In n embodiments, R6“ is methyl (C 1)
optionally substituted with one or more fluorines, cg -CH3 or -CF3. In certain embodiments,
R661 is substituted or unsubstituted ethyl (C3), substituted or unsubstituted n—propyl (C 3), or
tuted or unsubstituted pyl (C3). In certain embodiments, R61‘ is —CHZORA6, —
CH2CH20RA6, or —CH2CH2CH20RA6. In n embodiments, R6a is tuted or
unsubstituted Vinyl (C2) or substituted or unsubstituted ailyi (C3). In certain embodiments, R621 is
substituted or unsubstituted ethynyl (C2) or substituted or unsubstituted propargyl (C 3). In
certain embodiments, RGa is substituted or unsubstituted cyciopropyl. In certain embodiments,
R6b is hydrogen. In n embodiments, R6b is —CH3 or —CF34 In certain embodiments, R1 is —
CH3 01‘ —CH2CH3.
In certain embodiments, a compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group
consisting of:
6-12
6-1 6
6-1 8
1 0-8
-7
-12 1 D-12A
-123 10-13
-14
-20 10-21
1 0-22 10-23
11-15 11-16
11-17 11-18
11-19 11-20
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts f
Pharmaceutical Compositions
In another , the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a ive amount of a compound of
Formula (I).
When employed as pharmaceuticals, the compounds ed herein are typically
administered in the form of a pharmaceutical ition. Such compositions can be prepared
in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art and comprise at least one active compound.
In one embodiment, with respect to the pharmaceutical composition, the carrier is
a parenteral carrier, oral or l carrier.
The present invention also relates to a compound of Formula (I) or
pharmaceutical composition thereof for use as a pharmaceutical or a medicament.
Generally, the compounds ed herein are administered in a therapeutically
effective amount. The amount of the compound actually administered will typically be
determined by a physician, in the light of the relevant stances, including the condition to
be treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual compound administered, the age,
weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient’s symptoms, and the
like.
] The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be administered by a
variety of routes including oral, rectal, transdermal, subcutaneous, enous, intramuscular,
and intranasal. Depending on the intended route of delivery, the compounds provided herein are
preferably formulated as either in] ectable or oral compositions or as salves, as lotions or as
patches all for transdermal administration.
The compositions for oral administration can take the form of bulk liquid
solutions or sions, or bulk powders. More commonly, however, the compositions are
presented in unit dosage forms to facilitate accurate dosing. The term “unit dosage forms” refers
to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals,
each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material ated to produce the
desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient. Typical unit
dosage forms include prefilled, premeasured ampules or syringes of the liquid compositions or
pills, tablets, es or the like in the case of solid itions. In such compositions, the
compound is usually a minor component {from about 0.1 to about 50% by weight or preferably
from about 1 to about 40% by weight) with the remainder being various vehicles or carriers and
processing aids helpful for forming the desired dosing form.
Liquid forms suitable for oral administration may include a suitable aqueous or
nonaqueous e with buffers, suspending and dispensing agents, colorants, flavors and the
like. Solid forms may include, for example, any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a
r nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an
excipient such as starch or e, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn
starch; a lubricant such as ium stearate; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a
ning agent such as sucrose or rin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl
salicylate, or orange flavoring.
lnjectable compositions are typically based upon injectable sterile saline or
phosphate-buffered saline or other injectable carriers known in the art. As before, the active
nd in such itions is lly a minor component, often being from about 0.05 to
% by weight with the remainder being the injectable carrier and the like.
Transdermal compositions are typically formulated as a topical ointment or cream
containing the active ingredient(s), generally in an amount ranging from about 0.01 to about 20%
by , preferably from about 0.1 to about 20% by weight, preferably from about 0.1 to about
% by weight, and more preferably from about 0.5 to about 15% by weight. When formulated
as a ointment, the active ingredients will typically be combined with either a paraffinic or a
water-miscible ointment base. atively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a
cream with, for example an oil-in-water cream base. Such transdermal formulations are well-
known in the art and generally include additional ingredients to enhance the dermal penetration
of stability of the active ingredients or the formulation. All such known transdermal
formulations and ingredients are included within the scope provided herein.
The compounds provided herein can also be administered by a ermal
device. Accordingly, transdermal administration can be accomplished using a patch either of the
reservoir or porous ne type, or of a solid matrix variety.
The above-described components for orally administrable, inj ectable or topically
administrable compositions are merely representative. Other materials as well as processing
techniques and the like are set forth in Part 8 of Remingfon ’5 Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th
n, 1985, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pennsylvania, which is incorporated herein by
reference.
The above-described components for orally administrable, injectable, or topically
administrable compositions are merely representative. Other materials as well as processing
techniques and the like are set forth in Part 8 of Remington ’5 The Science and Practice of
Pharmacy, let edition, 2005, Publisher: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, which is incorporated
herein by reference.
The compounds of this invention can also be stered in sustained release
forms or from sustained release drug delivery systems. A description of representative sustained
release als can be found in Remington ’5 Pharmaceutical es.
The present invention also s to the pharmaceutically acceptable formulations
of a compound of Formula (I). In one embodiment, the formulation comprises water. In another
embodiment, the formulation comprises a cyclodextrin derivative. The most common
cyclodextrins are (1—, [3— and y— cyclodextrins consisting of 6, 7 and 8 d—l ,4—linked glucose
units, respectively, optionally comprising one or more tuents on the linked sugar moieties,
which include, but are not limited to, ated, yalkylated, acylated, and sulfoalkylether
substitution. In certain ments, the cyclodextrin is a sulfoalkyl ether [i—cyclodextrin, e. g.,
for example, sulfobutyl ether B—cyclodextrin, also known as Captisol®. See, e.g., U.S.
,376,645. In certain embodiments, the formulation comprises hexapropyl-B—cyclodextrin. In a
more particular embodiment, the ation comprises hexapropyl-B-cyclodextrin % in
water).
The present invention also relates to the pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition
salt of a compound. of Formula (I). The acid which may be used to e the pharmaceutically
acceptable salt is that which forms a non-toxic acid addition salt, i.e., a salt containing
pharmacologically acceptable anions such as the hydrochloride, hydroiodide, hydrobromide,
nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acetate, lactate, citrate, taitrate, succinate, maleate,
fumarate, benzoate, para-toluenesulfonate, and the like.
The following ation examples illustrate representative ceutical
compositions that may be prepared in accordance with this invention. The present invention,
however, is not limited to the following ceutical itions.
Exemplary Formulation I — Tablets: A compound of Formula (I), or
pharmaceutically able salt thereof, may be admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin
binder in an approximate 1:2 weight ratio. A minor amount of magnesium stearate is added as a
lubricant. The mixture is formed into 240-270 mg tablets (80-90 mg of active compound per
tablet) in a tablet press.
Exemplary Formulation 2 — Capsules: A compound of Formula (I), or
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, may be admixed as a dry powder with a starch diluent
in an approximate 1:1 weight ratio. The e is filled into 250 mg capsules (125 mg of active
compound per capsule).
Exemplary Formulation 3 — Liquid: A compound of Formula (I), or
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (125 mg) may be admixed with sucrose (1.75 g) and
xanthan gum (4 mg) and the resultant mixture may be blended, passed through a No. 10 mesh
US. sieve, and then mixed with a previously made solution of microcrystalline cellulose and
sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (l 1:89, 50mg) in water. Sodium benzoate (10 mg), flavor, and
color are diluted with water and added with stirring, ent water may then be added to
produce a total volume of 5 mL.
Exemplary Formulation 4 — Tablets: A compound of a (I), or
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, may be admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin
binder in an approximate 1:2 weight ratio. A minor amount of magnesium stearate is added as a
lubricant. The mixture is formed into 450—900 mg tablets (150-300 mg of active compound) in a
tablet press.
Exemplary Formulation 5 - Injection: A nd of a (I), or
pharmaceutically able salt thereof, may be dissolved or suspended in a buffered sterile
saline injectable aqueous medium to a concentration of approximately 5 mg/mL.
Exemplary ation 6 — Tablets: A compound of Formula (I), or
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, may be admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin
binder in an approximate 1:2 weight ratio. A minor amount of magnesium stearate is added as a
lubricant. The mixture is formed into 90—150 mg s (30-50 mg of active compound per
tablet) in a tablet press.
Exemplary Formulation 7 — Tablets: v may be admixed as a dry powder with a
dry gelatin binder in an approximate 1:2 weight ratio. A minor amount of ium stearate is
added as a lubricant. The mixture is formed into 30-90 mg tablets (10-30 mg of active
nd per tablet) in a tablet press.
Exemplary Formulation 8 — Tablets: A compound of Formula (I), or
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, may be admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin
binder in an approximate 1:2 weight ratio. A minor amount of magnesium stearate is added as a
lubricant. The mixture is formed into 03-30 mg tablets 0 mg of active compound per
tablet) in a tablet press.
Exemplary Formulation 9 — Tablets: A compound of Formula (I), or
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, may be admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin
binder in an approximate 1:2 weight ratio. A minor amount of magnesium stearate is added as a
lubricant. The mixture is formed into 150-240 mg tablets (50-80 mg of active compound per
tablet) in a tablet press.
] Exemplary Formulation 10 — Tablets: A compound of Formula (I), or
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, may be admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin
binder in an approximate 1:2 weight ratio. A minor amount of magnesium te is added as a
ant. The mixture is formed into 270-450 mg tablets (90—150 mg of active compound per
tablet) in a tablet press.
Injection dose levels range from about 0.1 mg/kg/hour to at least 10 mg/kg/hour,
all for from about 1 to about l20 hours and especially 24 to 96 hours. A preloading bolus of
from about 0.1 rug/kg to about 10 mg/kg or more may also be administered to achieve adequate
steady state levels. The maximum total dose is not expected to exceed about 2 g/day for a 40 to
80 kg human t.
For the tion and/or ent of erm conditions the regimen for
treatment usually stretches over many months or years so oral dosing is preferred for patient
convenience and tolerance. With oral dosing, one to five and especially two to four and typically
three oral doses per day are representative regimens. Using these dosing patterns, each dose
provides from about 0.01 to about 20 mg/kg of the compound provided , with preferred
doses each providing from about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg, and especially about 1 to about 5 mg/kg.
Transdermal doses are generally ed to e similar or lower blood levels
than are achieved using injection doses.
When used to prevent the onset of a CNS-disorder, the compounds provided
herein will be administered to a subject at risk for developing the condition, typically on the
advice and under the supervision of a physician, at the dosage levels described above. Subjects
at risk for developing a ular condition generally include those that have a family history of
the condition, or those who have been identified by genetic g or ing to be particularly
susceptible to developing the condition.
,Mellzods ofTreatment and Use
] Compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, as
described herein, are generally designed to te NMDA function, and therefore to act as
neuroactive steroids for the treatment and prevention of CNS—related conditions in a subject.
Modulation, as used herein, refers to the inhibition or potentiation of NMDA or function.
In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof, may act as a negative allosteric tor (NAM) ofNMDA, and inhibit NMDA
receptor function. In certain ments, the nd ofFormula (I), or pharmaceutically
able salt thereof, may act as positive allosteric modulators (PAM) ofNMDA, and
potentiate NMDA receptor function.
Exemplary CNS conditions related to NMDA-modulation include, but are not
limited to, adjustment disorders, anxiety disorders (including obsessive-compulsive disorder,
posttraumatic stress disorder, social phobia, generalized anxiety disorder), cognitive disorders
(including Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia), dissociative disorders, eating
disorders, mood disorders (including depression, bipolar disorder, and dysthymic disorder),
schizophrenia or other psychotic disorders (including schizoaffective disorder), sleep disorders
(including insomnia), substance abuse-related disorders, personality disorders (including
obsessive-compulsive personality disorder), autism spectrum disorders (including those
involving mutations to the Shank group of proteins), neurodevelopmental disorders ding
Rett syndrome), pain (including acute and chronic pain), seizure disorders (including status
epilepticus and monogenic forms of epilepsy such as Dravet’s disease, and Tuberous Sclerosis
Complex (TSC)), stroke, traumatic brain injury, movement disorders (including Huntington’s
disease and Parkinson’s disease) and tinnitus. In certain embodiments, the compound of
Formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be used to induce sedation or
anesthesia. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or pharrnaceutically
acceptable salt f, is useful in the treatment or prevention of adjustment disorders, anxiety
disorders, cognitive disorders, dissociative ers, eating disorders, mood disorders,
schizophrenia or other psychotic disorders, sleep disorders, substance-related ers,
personality disorders, autism spectrum disorders, neurodevelopmental disorders, pain, seizure
disorders, , traumatic brain , movement disorders and tinnitus.
In another aspect, provided is a method of treating or preventing brain excitability
in a subject susceptible to or afflicted with a ion associated with brain excitability,
comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt f.
In yet another aspect, the present invention provides a combination of a
compound of Formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt f, and another
pharmacologically active agent. The compounds provided herein can be administered as the sole
active agent or they can be stered in combination with other agents. Administration in
combination can d by any technique apparent to those of skill in the art including, for
example, separate, sequential, rent and alternating administration.
In order that the invention described herein may be more fully understood, the
following es are set forth. The synthetic and biological examples described in this
application are offered to illustrate the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and methods
provided herein and are not to be construed in any way as limiting their scope.
als and Methods
The compounds provided herein can be prepared from readily available starting
materials using the following general methods and ures. It will be appreciated that where
typical or preferred process conditions (17.6., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of
reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given, other process conditions can also be used unless
otherwise stated. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or solvent
used, but such ions can be determined by one skilled in the art by routine optimization.
Additionally, as will be apparent to those d in the art, conventional
protecting groups may be necessary to prevent certain functional groups from undergoing
undesired ons. The choice of a suitable protecting group for a particular functional group
as well as le conditions for protection and deprotection are well known in the art. For
example, numerous protecting , and their introduction and removal, are described in T. W.
Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second Edition, Wiley,
New York, 1991, and references cited n.
] The compounds provided herein may be isolated and purified by known standard
ures. Such procedures include (but are not d to) recrystallization, column
chromatography, HPLC, or supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC). The following schemes
are presented with details as to the preparation of representative substituted biarylamides that
have been listed herein. The compounds provided herein may be ed from known or
commercially available starting materials and reagents by one skilled in the art of organic
synthesis. Exemplary chiral columns available for use in the separation/purification of the
enantiomers/diastereomers provided herein include, but are not limited to, CHIRALPAK® AD-
, CHIRALCEL® OB, CHIRALCEL® OB-H, CHIRALCEL® OD, CHIRALCEL® OD-H,
CHIRALCEL® OF, CEL® OG, CHIRALCEL® OJ and CHIRALCEL® OK.
General method for supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC): SFC purification
was carried out using a Thar 200 preparative SFC instrument equipped with a ChiralPak AD-lO
uM, 200x50 mm ID. The compounds were separated eluting with mixtures of carbon dioxide
and methanol or ethanol . 20-35% methanol or ethanol and 0.l% ammonium hydroxide) at
a flow rate of 55-200 mL/min and monitored at 220 nm wavelength.
] Single pure isomers were obtained after SFC chromatographic separation,
yielding two isomers with a diasteriomeric ratio 2 95:5, as determined by SFC chromatography.
The configuration of the steroid C-24 stereocenter of 1-13 and 1-14, and 2-20 and
2-21 s was determined by the Mosher Method (Dale, J. A., Dull, D. L., and Mosher, H. S.
(1969) J. Org. Chem. 34, 2543). The C-24 configuration of subsequent derivatives that employed
such intermediates, for example 1-15 and 1-17, were assigned accordingly.
For all other single diastereomers, for which the C—24 stereocenter was not
determined by the Mosher Method, the first g diastereomer from the SFC was tentatively
assigned to be attached in the (R) configuration at C-24, whereas the second eluting diastereomer
from the SFC was tentatively assigned to be attached in the (S) configuration at C—24. The
ments were not unambiguously confirmed by the Mosher Method or other ques.
Example 1.
O o/\|
Ho/\/OH Bess-Martin. MeMgBr, MAD
—> —> —>
PTSA, toluene, CHZC'Z toluene
reflux
DHEA
aq. HCI
Ph3PEtBr
THF/acetone
t—BuOK, THF
DIBAL-H
Pd/C, H2
F’d/C, H2 (1 atm) (50 psi)
EtOAc EtOAc
Pd/C, H2 (131m)
EtOAc
PdlC, H2 (1atm)
EtOAc
] Preparation ofCompound 1-2. To a solution of ketone 1-1 (50.0 g, 0.17 mol) and
ethylene glycol (62 mL) in toluene (600 mL) was added p—toluenesulfonic acid (1.4 g, 7.28
mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight with a tark trap. The mixture was
cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (500 mL)) and washed with saturated
aqueous sodium bicarbonate (300 mL x 2) and brine (300 mL x 2). The organic phase was dried
over sodium sulfate and trated in vacuum to afford crude product 1-2 (64.0 g, 100%)
which was directly used in the next step Without further purification. 1H NMR: (400 MHz,
CDCl3) 6 5.35 (d, J=5.6 Hz, lH), 397—38201], 4H), 3.59—3.47 (m lH), 2.34-2.21(rn, 2H), 2.06-
1.94011, 2H), 1.90—1.74 (m, 3H). 1.73—1.64 (m. 1H), 1.63-1.33 (m. 10H), 1.32—1.19 (m, 1H),
1.14—1.03 (m, 1H), 1.01 (s, 3H), .93 (m, 1H), 0.86 (s, 3H).
Preparation ofCompound 1-3. To a on of compound 1-2 (32 g, 96 mmol)
in dry CHgClg (1200 mL) was added Bess-Martin reagent (81 g, 192 mmol) in portions at 0°C.
Then the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl
acetate: 3: 1) showed the starting material was consumed completely. The mixture was quenched
with saturated aqueous NaHC03/Na28303 = 1:3 (1 L). The organic phase was washed with brine
(500 mL) and dried over Na2804, and the solvent was evaporated to afford crude product 1-3
(33.0 g, 100%), which was directly used in the next step without r ation. 1H NMR:
(400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 5.34 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.77—4.00 (in. 4H), 3.19-3.39 (m. 1H), 2.83 (dd,
J=16.44, 2.13 Hz, 1H), 2.38-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.21—2.37 (m, 1H), 1.95—2.09 (m. 3H), 1.54—1.73 (m,
4H), 1.74—1.90 (111.211), 1.37—1.51 (m, 3H), 1.21—1.34 (m, 2H), 1.19 (s, 3H), 0.98-1.12 (m, 1H),
0.83-0.93 (m, 3H).
ation ofAIAD. To a solution of 2,6-di-tert-butyl—4—methylphenol (40 g,
180 mmol) in toluene (200 mL) was added a on ofAlMe; (45 mL, 90 mmol, 2 M in
hexane) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred at room ature for l h and
used as a solution ofMAD in toluene in the next step without any purification.
Preparation ofCompound 1-4. To a solution ofMAD (90 mmol, freshly
prepared) in toluene (200 mL) was added dropwise a solution of compound 1-3 (10 g, 30 mmol)
in toluene (80 mL) at -78°C during a period of 1 h under nitrogen. Then the reaction mixture
was stirred for 30 min. a solution of r (30 mL, 90 mmol, 1.0 M in toluene) was added
dropwise at —78°C. The on mixture was warmed to 40°C and stirred at this temperature for
3 h. TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 3: 1) showed that the ng material was consumed
completely. The mixture was poured into saturated aqueous NH4Cl solution (200 mL) and
extracted with EtOAc (150 1nL x 2). The combined c phases were dried over Na2804‘ and
the solvent was evaporated to afford crude product, which was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 15:1) to give compound 1-
4 (4 g, 38 %) as white powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) 6 5.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.75-4.04
(m, 4H). 2.42 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 1H), .12(m,3H), 1.73-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.64—1.72 (111,211),
l.52-l.63 (m, 4H), l.35—l.51(m, 4H), 1.19-1.32 (m, 1H). l.l2-l.18 (m, 1H), l.l0 (s, 3H). 0.99-
1.03 (m, 3H). 0.92-0.98 (m, 1H), 0.86 (s, 3H).
Preparation ofCompound 1-5. To a solution of compound 1-4 (6.0 g, 17.3
mmol) in THF (200 mL) was added aqueous HCl solution (35 mL, 1 M) and acetone (35 mL).
The reaction mixture was stirred for 20°C at room temperature. TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl
acetate = 3:1) indicated that the reaction was complete. Then the reaction mixture was diluted
with EtOAc (200 mL), washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution (200 mL), dried over
Na3804 and ated under reduced pressure to give 1-5 (5.2 g, 99.2%). 1H NMR: (400 MHZ,
CDC13) 6 5.27 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.45-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.09-1.84 (m, 4 H), .57 (m, 6H),
1.50-1.35 (m, 4H), 1.26-1.08 (m, 4H), 1.05 (s, 3 H), 0.95 (s, 3 H), 0.86 (s, 3 H).
Preparation ofCompound 1-6. To a solution of Ph3PEtBr (12.25 g, 33.00 mmol)
in dry THF (15 mL) was added dropwise a solution of I-BuOK (3.70 g, 33.00 mmol) in dry THF
(10 mL) under N2 at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. Then a
solution of 1-5 (1.00 g, 3.31 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise and the resulting
mixture was stirred at 70°C for 4 h. TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 3: 1) indicated that the
starting material was consumed completely. The on was quenched with saturated aqueous
NH4C1 solution (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 2). The combined organic phases
were dried over Na2804 and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 12: 1) to give 1-6 (900 mg,
90.9%) as white powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 5.32 (d, J=5.2Hz. 1H), 5.15—5.12 (m,
1H). 2.44—2.30 (m, 3H), 2.29—2.21 (m. 1H), 2.05—1.97 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.45 (m, 14H), 1.30—1.15 (m3
3 H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.02 (s, 3H), 0.95—1.01 (m, 1H), 0.90 (s, 3H).
Preparation ound 1-7. To a solution of compound 1-6 (1.00 g, 3.20
mmol) and methyl propiolate (0.67 g, 8.00 mmol) in dry CH2C12 (15 mL) was added dropwise a
solution of Et2A1C1 (12.8 mL. 12.8 mmol, l M in toluene) with stirring at 0°C. Then the reaction
was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 20 h. TLC leum ether: ethyl acetate = 5: 1)
ted that the starting material was consumed tely. The mixture was ed with
saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution (30 mL) and extracted with CH3C13 (30 mL x 2). The
combined c phases were dried over Na3804 and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was
purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 10: 1)
to give 1-7 (1.00 g, 78.7%) as white powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) 6 6.97-6.91 (m. 1 H)
.82 (d, J=16 Hz, 1 H). 5.42—5.41 (m, 1H), 5.32 (d, .J=5.2Hz, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3 H), .00 (m, 1
H), 2.43 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 2.11—1.97 (m, 3H), 1.88-1.50 (m, 12H), 1.40—1.20 (m, 3 H), r21—
1.26 (m, 1H), 1.18 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.04 (s, 3H), 0.82 (s, 3H).
Preparation ofCompound 1-8. To a solution of nd 1-7 (1.75 g, 4.4 mmol)
in dry THF (20 mL), DIBAL-H ( l M in THF, 22 mL, 22.0 mmol) was added dropwise at —78°C
under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was warmed to 30°C and then d for 2 h at 300C. The
reaction was quenched with on of H20 (2 mL), diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and dried
over anhydrous Na2804, filtered through a pad of celite and the pad was washed with EtOAc (50
mL x 3). The combined filtrates were concentrated in vacuum to give the crude product 1-8 (l .6
g, 98%) which was directly used in the next step without further purification.
] Preparation ofCompound 1-9. A e of 1-8 (1.6 g, 4.3 mmol) and lVlllOz
(7.5 g, 86.0 mmol) in CHgClg (50 mL) was stirred at 30°C for 20 h. The reaction mixture was
filtered through a pad of celite and the pad was washed with CH2Cl2 (50 mL x 3). The combined
filtrates were concentrated to dryness to give the crude product 1-9 (1.3 g, 82%) which was
directly used in the next step without purificationlfl NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 9.54 (d, J=7.6
Hz, lH), 6.84-6.78 (dd, J1=15.6 HZ, J2=7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.54—5.49 (dd, .]1=15.6 HZ, 112:7.6 Hz, 1H),
.45—5.44 (m, 1H), 5.32 (d, J=5.2Hz, 1H),3.19-3.12(m, 1 H), 2.42 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 2.14-2.08
(m, 1H), 2.00—1.52 (m, 13H), 1.42—1.35 (m, 3H), 1.24 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.05 (s,
3H), 0.80 (s, 3H).
Preparation ofCompound 1-10. To a suspension of 1-9 (600 mg, 1.63 mmol)
and CsF (120 mg, 0.82 mmol) in e/THF (18 mL, 8/1) was added TMSCF3 (2.4 mL, 16.3
mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 20°C at room temperature under nitrogen. TLC (petroleum
ether: ethyl acetate = 3/1) showed the starting material was consumed completely. A solution of
TBAF (6.8 mL, 1 M in THF) was added and the e was stirred for 4 h at room temperature.
The mixture was diluted with MTBE (200 mL), washed with a saturated NaHCO; solution (30
mL x 3) and trated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on
silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 12/ 1) to afford 1-10 (300 mg, 42%) as white
solid. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 5.97-5.91 (dd, J;=15.6 Hz, J2=7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.54-5.49 (dd,
J1=l56 Hz, J2=6.8 Hz, lH), 5.42-5.38 (m, 1H), 5.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.44-4.36 (m, 1 H), 2.97-
2.94 (m, l H), 2.42 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 2.01-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.64 (m, 6H), 1.40-1.32 (m, 3H),
1.26—1.21 (m, 2H), 1.17 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.05 (s, 3H), 1.00—0.95 (m, 2H), 0.79 (s,
3H).
1 Preparation ofCompound 1-11. A mixture of 1-10 (40 mg, 0.09 mmol) and 5%
Pd/C (10 mg) in BA (10 mL) was hydrogenated for 2 h at 30 0C under 1 atm of hydrogen
pressure. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the pad was washed
with BA (10 mL x 3). The combined filtrates were concentrated. The residue was purified by
column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: PEI/EA: 8/ 1) to afford 1-11 (20 mg. 50%) as white
solid. 1H NlVIR: (400 MHZ, CDClS) 8 5.31 (d, J:5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.87-3.86 (in, 1H), 2.42 (d,
J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 2.15—2.12(m, 1H), 2.05-1.96 (m, 3H), 1.86—1.41 (m, 16H), 1.38-1.11 (m, 5H),
1.11 (s, 3H), 1.08-1.04 (m, 1H), 1.01 (s, 3H), 0.95 (d, .J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.69 (s, 3H).
Preparation ofCompound 1-13 and 1-14. 1-13 (120 mg, 40 %) and 1-14 (120
mg, 40 %) were obtained by SFC purification from 1-10 (300 mg, 0.814 mmol). The
configuration of 1-13 and 1-14 was confirmed by Mosher method.
] Preparation ofCompound 1-15. A mixture of l-l3 (120 mg. 0.27 rmrrol) and 5%
lld/C {20 mg) in EEQAC {:10 mL) was enated for 20 ii at room temperature under H; {1
arm). The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of cellte and the pad was washed
with EtOAe (10 ml; x 3). The combined filtrates were concentrated. The residue was purified
by column chromatography on silica gel tz eum ether: ethyl acetate = 8/1) to afford
1-15 {:70 mg, ) as. white powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHZ, CDCl3) 6 5.30 ((1, .]=5.2 Hz, 1H),
4.00—3.90 (m, 1H). 2.42 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.02—1.29 (m, 18H), 1.28-1.08 (m, 6H), 1.03 (s. 3H),
1.02 (s, 3H), 0.97 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.73 (s, 3H).
{00182} ation ofCompound 1-17. A mixture. of 1—14 ( 120 mg, 0.27 rnmol) and
59/2: Pd/C‘ {20 mg) a; EtOAe {10 ml.) was hytlrogenated for 20 h at room temperature under 1:12 {1
arm). The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the pad was washed
with EtOAe (10 mL 7; 3). The combined filtrates were concentrated. The e was purified
by column chromatography on silica gel {elueht‘ petroleum ether: ethyl acetate 8/1) to afford
1-17 {71 mg, 59%) as white powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCB) 8 5.27 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H),
4.00-3.90 (m, 1H), 2.42 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.03-1.28 (m, 19H), 1.25-1.03 (m, 5H), 1.03 (s, 3H),
1.02 (s, 3H), 0.97 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 0.73 (s, 3H).
Examyie 2t
[N’O\ LIAIH4
THF, -78°C
, CsF
TBAF, THF
2-1 5
2-16
Hw/O1DIBAL-HJHFsovc 2h 1w.
EtzAICI. CHZCIZ rt 20 h
\Ho.@H 2Mrro2 CH2CI2 rt 20h 2‘ TBAF, rt. 4 h
2-17
M14 OH HO”-
CFa CFS
H 3 9.
\, 5% Pct/C. H2 (1atm) \, % Pd/C. H2 (50psi)
HO" EtOAc. 30°C, 72 h H0 EtOAc, 50°C, 20 h
2-20
9H pH
2-19 \ o
\CFg 0":
0‘ 5% Pd/C. H2 (1am) —’ \ 9:.
\ .Q 9
% Pd/C, H2 (50psi)
H —’
EtOAc. 30°C 72 h .3 EtOAc 50°C 20 h
. H0 . ,
2-21 2-8
Preparation 0f2-2. To a solution ofMAD (28.87 mmol, freshly prepared) in
toluene (20 mL) was added dropwise a solution of 2-1 (4 g, 9.62 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) at -
78°C during a period of 1 h under nitrogen. Then the reaction e was stirred for 30 min, a
on ofEtMgBr (29 mL, 28.87 mmol, 1.0 M in toluene) was added dropwise at -78°C. The
reaction mixture was warmed to —40°C and stirred at this temperature for 3 hours. TLC
(petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 3: 1) showed that the ng material was consumed
completely. The mixture was poured into aqueous ted NH4C1 solution (200 mL) and
extracted with EtOAc (150 mL x 2). The combined organic phases were dried over NaZSOa‘ and
the solvent was ated to afford crude product. The crude product was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 15: 1) to give the product
2-2 (2.0 g, 47.6%) as white powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHZ, CDC13)6 5.28 ((17 #52 Hz, 1H),
3.69 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.45-2.34 (m, 3H), .95 (m, 3H), 1.94-1.61 (m, 4H), 1.62-1.60
(m, 2H). .26 (m, 10H), 1.19-1.01 (m, 4H), 1.10 (s, 3H), 0.98-0.90 (m, 4H), 0.85 (t, J=6.8
Hz, 3H), 0.68 (s, 3H).
Preparation 0f2-3. To a suspension of LiAlH4 (852.6 mg, 22.43 mmol) in THF
(20 ml) was added 2-2 (2.0 g, 4.48 mol) at —78°C, then the solution was stirred at -78°C for 2
hours. The mixture was poured into aqueous saturated NaOH solution (2 mL) and extracted with
EtOAc (50 mL x 2). The combined organic phases were dried over NaZSO4, and the solvent was
evaporated to afford crude product. The crude product was purified by column tography
on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 20: 1) to give the product 2-3 (600 mg.
%) as white powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHz. CDCB) 5 9.78 (s, 1H), 5.28 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H),
.22 (m, 3H), 2.03—1.91 (m, 3H), 1.89-1.73 (m, 3H), .61 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.629 (m. 1H).
1.50-1.21 (m, 10H), 1.19-1.06 (m. 4H), 1.02 (s, 3H), 1.01-0.99 (m, 1H), 0.98—0.93 (m, 4H), 0.87
(t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.68 (s, 3H).
Preparation 0f2-4. To a mixture on-3 {0.3 g, 0.78 mmol) and (is? (0.06 g, 0.39
mural} in toiuene/THF (18 mL, 8/1) was added TMSCP; {1.2 mi, 7.8 mmol} and the reaction
mixture was stirred at. room temperature overnight under nitrogen. TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl
acetate = 3/1) showed the starting material was consumed completely. A solution of ’I'BAF (7.8
in}... 7.8 rru'noi. i M in THF) was added and the mixture was stirred for Li h at. room temperature.
The reaction e was diluted with tert—Butyl methyl ether (301101;), washed with aq.
saturated NaHCG; solution (10 mL X 3} and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified
by i chromatography on silica gei {eluentr petroleum ether: ethyl acetate 20:1) to afford
24 {80 mg, 2.2 as) as white powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 5.29 (d, J:5.2 Hz, 1H),
.84 (m, 1H). 2.36 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.05—1.95 (m, 3H), 1.86-1.61 (m. 6H), 1.54-1.06 (m,
17H), 1.03 (s, 3H), 1.02—0.91 (m, 5H). 0.85 (t, .]=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.68 (s, 3H).
Preparation of2-5 and 2-6. A, mixture ot‘zwet {0.07 g. 0.15 mmol} and 10% Pot/C
{20 mg) in EtOAc { 30 mL) was hydrogenated for 35 h at 500C under H2 {’50 psi). The reaction
mixture was fiitered through a pad te and the part was washed with EtOAc (20 rnL x 3}.
The combined filtrates were concentrated. The resithte was hurified by column chromatography
on siiica gel {eluent petroleum ether: ethyl acetate 335%) to give 25 {25 mg, 35.7 945'} and 2«
n (20 mg 28.6 9-0;) as White powder. 1H NMR (2-5): (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 .82 (m, 1H),
2.05—1.94 (m, 2H), 1.86-1.58 (m, 6H), 1.56-1.17 (m, 16H), 1.13-0.96 (m, 6H), 0.93 (d, J=6.8Hz,
3H), 0.88 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 086-084(11), 1H), 0.83 (s, 3H), 0.67-0.61 (m, 4H). 1H NMR (2-6):
(400 MHz, CDCl3) 6 3.83-3.76 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.52 (m, 10H), 1.43-0.98 (m, 22H), 0.89 (s, 3H),
82011. 6H), 0.59 (s, 3H).
Preparation 0f2-14. To a solution of MAD (91 mmol, freshly prepared) in
toluene (200 mL) was added dropwise a solution of compound 2-13 (10 g, 30 mmol) in toluene
(80 mL) at 478°C during a period of 1 h under nitrogen. Then the reaction mixture was stirred for
min, a on of EtMgBr (91 mL, 91 mmol, 1.0 M THF) was added dropwise at -78°C. The
reaction mixture was warmed to -40°C and d at this temperature for 3 11. TLC (petroleum
ether: ethyl acetate = 3: 1) showed that the starting material was consumed completely. The
mixture was poured into saturated aqueous NH4C1 solution (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc
(150 mL x 2). The combined organic phases were dried over fi and the solvent was
evaporated to afford crude t) which was purified by column tography on silica gel
(eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=15: 1) to give compound 2-14 (4 g, 40%) as white powder.
ation of2-15. To a solution of 2-14 (4.0 g, 111 mmol) in THE (200 mL)
was added. aqueous HCl solution (35 mL, 1 M) and acetone (35 mL). The reaction mixture was
stirred for 20°C at room ature. ‘TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=3:1) indicated that the
reaction was complete. Then the reaction e was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL), washed
with saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution (200 mL), dried over NaZSO4 and evaporated under
reduced pressure to give 2-15 (3 g, 88%) as white solid.
Preparation of2-16. To a solution of P113PEtBI‘ (15.8 g, 42.6 mmol) in dry THF
(50 mL) was added dropwise a solution of t—BuOK (4.8 g, 42.6 mmol) in dry THF (20 mL) under
N2 at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. Then a solution of 2-15 (2.7 g,
8.5 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added dropwise and the ing mixture was stirred at 800C for
16 h. TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=3:1) indicated that the starting material was consumed
completely. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NHiCl solution (l00 mL) and
extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 2). The combined organic phases were dried over NagSO4 and
concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel
(eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 12:1) to give 2-16 (1.8 g, 64%) as white solid.
Preparation of2-1 7. To a solution of nd 2-16 (1.8 g; 5.5 mmol) and
methyl late (l.1 g, 13.7 mmol) in dry CH2C12 (20 mL) was added dropwise a solution of
Et2A1C1 (22 mL, 22 mmol, 1 M in toluene) with ng at 0°C. Then the reaction was warmed to
room temperature and stirred for 20 h. TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl e = 5: 1) ted that
the starting material was consumed completely. The mixture was quenched with saturated
aqueous NaHC03 solution (30 mL) and extracted with CH3C13 (30 mL x 2). The combined
organic phases were dried over Na2804 and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by
column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 10: 1) to give 2-17
(2.0 g 88%) as white powder. 1H NMR: (300 MHz, CDC13)5 6.99-6.92 (m, 1 H) 5.84 (d, J=10.5
Hz, 1 H), 5.45—5.41 (m, 1H), 5.32 (d, J=5.2 Hz; 1H), 3.75 (s, 3 H), 3.06-2.99 (m, 1 H), 2.38 (d,
J=12.6 Hz, 1H), 2.14-1.67 (m, 10H), 1.54—1.25 (m, 7H), 1.21 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.15 —0.99 (m,
5H), 0.87(t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.80 (s, 3H).
Preparation of2-18. To a soiution of compound 2-17 (2.2 g, 5.3 mmol) in dry
‘THF (20 mL), DIBAL-H (l M in THF, 27 mL, 27.0 mmoi) was added dropwise at —780C under
nitrogen. The reaction mixture was warmed to 30°C and then stirred for 2 h at 30°C. The reaction
was quenched with addition of water (3mL), diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and dried over
anhydrous Nast4, d through a pad of celite and the pad was washed with EtOAc (50 mL
x 3). The combined tes were concentrated in vacuum to give 1.9 g of the crude product,
which was directly used in the next step without r purification. A mixture of the crude
product (1.9 g, 4.9 mmol) and M1102 (8.6 g, 98 mmol) in CH2C12 (50 mL) was stirred at room
temperature for 20 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the pad was
washed with CH2C12 (50 mL x 3). The combined filtrates were concentrated. The residue was
purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 15: 1)
to give 2-18 (1.5 g, 79%) as white solid. 1H NMR: (400 MHZ, CDC13) 5 9.55—9.53 (m, 1H),
.78 (in, 1H), 6.15-6.09 (in, 1H), 5.45—5.41 (m, 1H), 5.30 (d, J=5.2Hz, 1H),3.15-3_14(m, 1
H) 2.36 (d, J=i3.2 Hz, 1H), 2.10-2.03 (m, 3H), .60 (m, 9H), 1.59-1.27 (m, 7H), 1.24 (d,
J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.10—1.22 (m, 6H), 0.87-0.83 (m, 4H), 0.80 (s, 3H).
Preparation of2-19. To a suspension of 2-18 (1.5 g, 3.92 mmol) and CsF (0.3 g,
1.96 mmol) in e/ THF (22mL, 9/1) was added TMSCF3 (5.8 mL, 39.2 mmol) and the
mixture was stirred for 20 h at room ature under nitrogen. TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl
acetate = 3/1) showed the starting material was ed completely. A solution ofTBAF (39.2
mL, 39.2 mmol, 1 M in THF) was added and the mixture was stirred for 4 h at room temperature.
The mixture was diluted with MTBE (200 mL), washed with a saturated NaHCO; on (30
mL x 3) and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on
silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 25/ 1) to afford 2-19 (0.65 g, 37%) as white
solid.
Preparation of2-20 & 2-21. 2-20 (210 mg, 32%) and 2-21 (210 mg, 32%) were
obtained by SFC purification from 2-19 (650 mg, 1.44 mmol). The configuration of 2-20 and 2-
21 was confirmed by Mosher method. 1H NMR (2-20): (400 MHZ, CDC13) 5 5.92 (dd, J1=15 .6
Hz, 1:72 Hz, 1H), 5.53(dd, J;=15.6 Hz, 1227.2 Hz, 1H), 5.40—5.37 (m, 1H), 5.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz,
1H), 4.43—4.40 (m, l H), 2.95—2.94 (in, l H), 2.37 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 1H), 2.09-1.98 (m, 4H), 1.87-
1.18 (m, 18H), 1.16 (d, .]=6.8 Hz, 3H), .97 (m, 6H), 0.85 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.78 (s, 3H).
‘H NMR(2-21): (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 5.95 (dd, J,=15.6 Hz, J2=7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.53 (dd, J1=15.6
Hz, J3=6.8 Hz, 1H), 5.39-5.36 (m, 1H), 5.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.44—4.41 (m, 1 H), 2.99—2.92 (m,
1 H), 2.37 (d,J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.10-1.98 (m, 4H), 187—125(111, 18H), 1.16 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H),
1.09—0.99 (m, 6H), 0.85 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.80 (s, 3H).
Preparation 0f2- 7. A mixture ef2-20 {200 mg, 0.44- mmel) and 5% Pd/C {50
mg} in EtfilAe (:20 1111..) was hydrogenated fer 72 h at 30°C under 1-120 aim). The reaction.
mixture was filtered threugh a pad efeehte and the pad was washed with EtOAe (10 ml 1: 3).
The committed ti l hates were concentrated The residue was gratified by cohu‘hrr chromatography
011 silica gel (eluentz petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 25/1} to afferd crude 2-7, which was
purified. by pre—HPLC to afford 2-7 {'64 mg 52%) as white powder. 1H NMR (2-7) : (400 MHZ,
CDCl3) 5 5.29 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), .80 (m, 1H), 2.36 (d, .]=l3.6 Hz, 1H), .60 (m,
11H), 1.53 -1.06 (m, 15H), 1.03 (s, 3H), 1.02-0.89 (m, 5H), 0.85 (t, J1=l4.8 Hz, J3=7.2 Hz, 3H),
0.69 (s, 3H).
Preparation 0f2-8. A mixture of 2-21 {200 mg. 0.4-4 mmol) and 5% Pd/C {50
mg} in EtflAe {:20 ml.) was hydrogenated fer 72 it at 30°C under H; (I aim}. The reaction,
mixture was filtered through a pad of eehte and the pad was washed with EtOAe {10 mL )1 3).
The combined filtrates were concentrated. The residue was d by eehirhri chromatography
err silica gel {eluentz petroleum ether: ethyl e = 25/1) to afferd 2-8 (105 111g, 52%) as white
powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDClg) 5 5.29 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.86-3.83 (m, 1H), 2.36 (d,
.]=l3.2 HZ, 1H), .95 (m, 4H), l.86-l.60 (m, 7H), 1.54 -l.08 (m, 15H), 1.03 (s, 3H), 1.01—
0.90 (m, 5H), 0.85 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.68 (s, 3H).
Preparation of2-10 and 2-12. A 131ixter‘e 015241; {30 mg, 0.067 mmel) and lQ‘F/Ez-
Pei/C. ( l0 mg) in EtCAc {10 mL) was hydrogenated for 2.0 h at 500C under H; {5.0 psi). The
reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of eelite and the pad was washed. with EYUAC {.20 ml;
x 3). The combined filtrates were concentrated. The residue was hurified by column
tegmplry on silica gel {eluerrt petroleum ether: ethyl acetate 3325/1} to give 24.0 {_ l ‘1. mg,
37%} and 2-12 (7 mg, 23%) as white powder. 1H NMR (2-10): (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 .82
(m, 1H), 2.04—1.93 (m, 2H), 1.84-1.59 (m, 6H), 1.56—1.20 (m, 14H), .96 (m, 7H), 0.93 (d,
.]=6.8Hz, 3H), 0.88-0.84 (m, 4H). 0.83 (s, 3H) 0.67-0.61 (m, 4H). 1H NMR (2-12): (400 MHz,
CDC13) 6 3.89-3.80 (m, 1H), 2.08—1.93 (m, 2H), 1.91 —1.66 (m, 6H), 1.52—1.01 (m, 23H), 0.97 (s,
3H), 0.95—0.90 (m, 6H), 0.66 (s, 3H).
Example 3.
,,,,,
‘ " HO ;
H 3 7_
. CF: Pd/C, H2 (SOpsi)
3'5 ' M”
i EtOAc, 50 EM:
H CFs
lllll
HO 3.
H 3 7A
9. H 9“
TMSCF3.CSF ng 1; fl, ’(CFS
[I .3
TBAF,THF H0
3.1 3-2 0
a: OH H
.....
\\\\\ HO ; 3-3
@. CF3
Pd/C, H2 (505251). 9H
50 °c
IIIII.g m CF3
Ho 0
.....00
3-BA
Preparation 0f3-2. To a suspension of 3-1 (400 mg, 1.035 mmol) and CsF (76
mg) in toluene/THF (20 mL; 8/1) was added TMSCF3 (1.53 mL, 10.35 mmol) and the mixture
was stirred for 20°C at room temperature under nitrogen. TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate =
3/ 1) showed the starting material was consumed completely. A solution ofTBAF (6.8 mL, 1 M in
THF) was added and the mixture was d for 4 h at room temperature. The mixture was
diluted with MTBE (200 mL)1 washed with aq, saturated NaHCOg solution (30 mL x 3) and
concentrated in vacuum. The residue was d by column chromatography on silica gel
(eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 20:1) to afford 3-2 (220 mg, 46 %) as white solid. 1H
NMR:(400 MHZ, CDClB) 5 5.31 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 2.44-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.04-1.96 (in, 3H), 1.81—
1.67 (m, 5H), 1.65-1.39 (m, 11H), 1.34-1.32 (m, 3H), 1.31-1.25 (m, 1H), 1.21-1.10 (m, 3H),
1.12-0.98 (m, 4H); 0.96 (s, 3H), 0.98-0.90 (m, 4H), 0.68 (5, 31-1.)
ation of3—3 am! 3-4. To a solution of compound 3-2 (220 mg, 0.569
mmol) in EtOAc (10 mL) was added Pd/C (20 mg), then the mixture was stirred under hydrogen
(50 psi) at 50°C ovemight. The e was filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was
ated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on
silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 20:1) to afford the pure t 3-3 (100 mg,
38.5 %) and 3-4 (51 mg, 19.3 %) as white powder. 1H NMR (3-3): (400 MHZ, CDCl3) 6 2.01-
1.95 (m, 1H). 1.89-1.75 (m, 2H), .55 (m, 9H), 1.52-1.43 (m, 5H), 1.32-1.28 (m, 4H), 1.27—
1.20011, 7H), 1.17-1.08 (m, 4H), 1.06-0.96 (m, 3H), 0.96-0.91 (m, 3H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.68-0.49
(m. 4H). 1H NlVIR (3-4): (400 MHZ, CDCl3) 5 2.01-1.95 (m, 1H), l.89—l .67 (m, 5H), .60
(m, 2H), 1.63-1.36 (m, 8H), 1.35-1.31 (in, 4H). 1.29-1.24 (m, 4H), 1.22 (s, 3H), 1.28—1.06 (m,
6H), 0.96 (s, 3H), 0.95-0.92 (m, 3H), 0.68 (s, 3H).
Preparation of3-5 and 3-6. Compound 3-2 (1.2 g. 2.63 mmol) was split by SFC
to get Product 3-5 (400 mg) and 3-6(400 mg) as white powder (total yield: 66.7%). 1H NNIR (3-
): (400 MHz, CDClg) 5 5.32 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.50-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.08-1.95 (m, 3H). 1.90—0.90
(m, 35H), 0.70 (s, 3H). 1H NMR (3-6): (400 MHz. CDC13)5 5.32 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.50—2.40
(m. 1H). 2.08-1.95 (m, 3H). 1.90—0.92 (m, 35H). 0.70 (s, 3H).
Preparation of 3-7 To a on of nd 3-6 (300 mg, 0.66 mmol) in
EtOAc (8 mL) was added Pd/C (10%, 200 mg) under N2. The suspension was degassed under
vacuum and purged with H2 several times. Then the mixture was stirred under H2 (50 psi) at 50
0C for 24 h. The suspension was filtered h a pad of celite and the pad was washed with
EtOAc (50 mL x 2). The combined filtrates were concentrated to dryness to give the crude
product. which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether: ethyl
acetate=20: 1) to afford 3-7 (142 mg, 47%) as white solid. 1H NMR: (3-7) (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5
1.96-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.90—1.75 (m, 1H), 1.70—1.57 (m, 5H), 1.55—1.35 (m. 6H). 1.30—1.20 (m, 12H),
1.20-1.06 (m, 12H), 1.19-0.81 (m, 11H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.70-0.60 (m, 4H). 1H NlVIR: (3-7A) (400
MHz, CDClg) a 1.96-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.90—1.75 (m, 3H), 1.70—1.57 (m, 2H), 1.55—1.25 (m, 13H),
1.21—1.00 (m. 15H). 0.96-0.86 (m. 8H), 0.65 (s, 3H)
ation of 3-8 To a solution of compound 3-5 (300 mg, 0.66 mmol) in
EtOAc (8 mL) was added Pd/C (10%, 200 mg) under N2. The suspension was degassed under
vacuum and purged with H; l times. Then the mixture was stirred under H; (50 psi) at 50
0C for 24 h. The suspension was filtered through a pad of celite and the pad was washed with
EtOAc (50 mL x 2). The combined filtrates were concentrated to dryness to give the crude
product, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether: ethyl
acetate=20: l) to afford 3-8 (1416 mg, 47%) as white solid. 1H NMR: (3-8) (400 MHz, CDCl3) 6
1.96-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.90—1.70 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.57 (m, 5H). 1.55—1.20 (m, 18H), 1.19-0.81 (m,
10H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.70-0.60 (m, 4H). 1H NMR: (3-8A) (400 MHz, CDC13)5 1.97—1.70 (m, 6H),
1.70—1.57 (m, 2H), 150—13001}, 13H), 1.25—1.05 (m, 15H), LOO-0.86011, 7H), 0.65 (s, 3H)
Example 4.
o o
\ / \ ¢0
0. OH a a. IN \ Dess-Martin
.3E |PEA : CHch2
H .3H “.3
H0 4.1 “0 4-2 0.4.3
MAD, MeMgBr N’O\ MeMgB, EtMgBr
toluene é THF
1,". 9H
, 0H .6a
4-11
0. SFC
—> +
to O“
llll ‘ I ‘ ll
46 0
.....as
4-12
EtOAc
szc, H2(5OPSI)
EtOAc
Preparation ound 4-2. To a solution of 4-1 (38 g, 101.5 mmol) in THF
(400 mL) at room temperature was added HATU (46.3 g; 121.8 nimol), DIPEA (45.9 g, 3552
mmol). The mixture was stirred for 1 h, and N,O—dimethyihydroxylamine hydrochloride (19.8 g;
203 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for another 6 h. The reaction
mixture was concentrated, poured into water, extracted with EtOAc, washed with water, dried
over N32804, and concentrated to give crude t. The crude t was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (eluent: PE: EA = 3:1) to afford the desired t 4-2 (24 g,
57%) as white solid. 1H NMR: (300 MHz, CDCB) 5: ppm 5.25 (d, 3: 5.2Hz, 1H), 3.59 (s, 3H),
3.46-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 1H), .09 (m, 4H), 1.92-1.63 (m, 6H), 1.44—1.33
(m, 6H), .15 (m; 3H); 1.11-0.93 (m, 5H), 0.90 (s, 3H), 0.85 (d, J=6.4 HZ, 3H), 0.82—0.78
(m, 1H), 0.58 (s, 3H).
Preparation ofCompound 4-3. To a solution of compound 4-2 (14 g, 33.52
mmol, 10 eq) in dry CH2Cl2 (600 mL) was added Dess-Martin (28 g, 67.04 mmol, 2.0 eq) in
portions at 0 0C. Then the reaction e was stirred at room temperature for 6.5 h. TLC (PE:
EA = 3: 1) showed the ng material was consumed completely. The mixture was quenched
with saturated aqueous NaHCOg/Nagngg = 1:3 (800 mL). The organic phase was washed with
brine (500 mL) and dried over Na2504, and the solvent was evaporated to afford crude product 4-
3 (14.0 g, 100%), which was directly used in the next step without further purification.
Preparation 0fC(mzpound 4-4. To a solution ofMAD (101 mmol, 3.0 eq) in
toluene, freshly prepared by addition of a solution of Me3Al (50.5 mL, 101.00 mmol, 2 M in
hexane) to a stirred solution of 2,6—di-tert—butylmethylphenol (44.4 g, 202 mmol) in toluene
(200 mL) followed by stirring for 1 h at room temperature, was added dropwise a solution of 4-3
(14.0 g, 33.7mmol, 1.0 eq) in toluene (10 mL) at -78 0C under nitrogen. Then the reaction
mixture was stirred for 30 min, a solution of MeMgBr (33.7 mL, 101 mmol, 3.0 eq, 3 M in ether)
was added dropwise at -78 0C. The reaction mixture was warmed to 25 °C and stirred at this
temperature for 12 h. TLC (PE: EA = 3:1) showed that the starting material was consumed
completely. The e was poured into aqueous ted NH4C1 solution (200 mL) and
extracted with EtOAc (200 mL x 2). The combined organic phases were dried over , and
the solvent was evaporated to afford crude product. The crude product was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (eluent: PE: EA = 3: 1) to give the pure target (7.5 g, 52%) as white
. 1H NMR: (400 MHZ, CDC13) 8 5.30 (d,J=5.21—12, 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H),
2.50—2.30 (m, 3H). 2.05—1.70 (m, 7H), 1.52—1.30 (m, 9H), 1.20—0.90 (m, 15H), 0.68 (s, 3H).
ation ofCompound 4-5. To a on of compound 4-4 (7.5 g> 17.4
mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (150 mL) was added dropwise a soiution of MeMgBr (29mL, 87 inmol,
.0 eq, 3 M in THF) at room temperature during a period of 30 min under nitrogen. Then the
reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. TLC (PE:EA=1:1) showed that the
starting material was consumed completely. The mixture was poured into aqueous saturated
NH4C1 solution (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (150 mL x 2). The combined organic phases
were dried over NagSOr and the solvent was evaporated to afford crude product. The crude
product was ed by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: PE: EA = 4: 1) to give the
product 4-5 (5.2 g, 77%) as white . 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 5.30 (d. J=5.2Hz.
1H). 2.50—2.30 (m, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H) 2.03—1.93 (m, 3H), 1.87—1.68 (m, 4H), 1.60-1.18 (m, 12H),
1.12 (s, 3H), 1.11—1.03 (m, 1H), 1.01 (s, 3H},1.00-0.94(m, 1H), 0.91 (d, J=6.4Hz, 3H), 0.68 (s,
3H).
Preparation of4-6. To a solution of compound 4—5 (300 mg, 0.777 mmol, 1.0 eq)
in toluene (5 mL) was added dropwise a solution of EtMgBr (4.5 mL. 4.5 mmol, 6.0 eq, 1 M in
THF) at room temperature during a period of 10 min under nitrogen. Then the reaction mixture
was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. TLC =3: 1) showed that the ng material
was consumed completely. The mixture was poured into aqueous saturated NH4C1 solution
(20mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 2). The combined organic phases were dried over
Na3804,‘ and. the solvent was evaporated to afford crude product. The crude t purified by
column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: PE: EA = 8:1) to give the product 4—6 (200 mg,
6 %) as white powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHZ, CDC13) 5 5.23 (d, J=5.6Hz, 1H), 240—23001],
1H), 2.00—1.55. (m, 7H), 1.50-1.98 (m, 25H), 0.95 (s, 3H), 0.94-0.80 (m, 8H), 0.62 (s, 3H).
Preparation of4-7 and 4-8. To a solution of compound 4-6 (175 mg, 0.42 mmol)
in EtOAc (10 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (40 mg) under argon. The suspension was degassed
under vacuum and purged with H2 several times. The mixture was stirred under H2 (50 Psi) at
50°C overnight. The suspension was filtered through a pad of celite and the pad was washed with
BA (20 mL x 3). The combined filtrates were trated in vacuum and the residue was
purified by column tography on silica gel (eluent: PE: EA = 8: 1) to give 4-7 (84 mg,
48%) and 4-8 (25 mg, 14%) as white powder. 1H NMR (4-7): (400 MHZ, CDC13) 5 1.98-1.92
(m, 1H), .78 (m, 1H), 1.70—1.60 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.20 (m, 21H), 120—097(11), 11H), 0.95—
0.82 (m, 7H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.70—0.61 (m, 4H). 1H NMR (4-8): (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 2.00-1.78
(m. 4H), 1.68-1.63 (m, 1H), 1.57—1.55 (m. 1H), 1.53 4.35 (m, 10H), 1.32 —1.12 (m, 16H), 1.11 —
0.99 (m, 5H), 0.97 (s, 3H), 0.95-0.83 (m, 6H), 0.67 (s, 3H).
Preparation of4-9 To a solution of compound 10-123 (80 mg, 0.193 mmol) in
EtOAc (20 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (20 mg) under N2. The suspension was degassed under
vacuum and purged with H2 several times. Then the e was d under H2 (50 psi) at
50°C for 12 hours. The mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the pad was washed with
EtOAc (5 mL x 2). The combined filtrates were concentrated to dryness to give the product,
which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl
acetate 12:1 to 10: 1) to afford the 4-9 (40 mg, 50 0fly) as white powder. 1H NMR (4-9): (400
MHZ, CDCl3) 5 .93 (m, 1H), 1.92—1.80 (m, 1H), .85 (m, 41H), 0.82 (s, 3H), 0.67 (s,
3H).
Preparation 0f4-10 To a solution of compound 10-12A (80 mg, 0.193 mmol) in
EtOAc (20 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (20 mg) under N2. The suspension was degassed under
vacuum and purged with H2 several times. Then the mixture was stirred under H2 (50 psi) at
50°C for 48 hours. The mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the pad was washed with
EtOAc (5 mL x 2). The combined filtrates were trated to dryness to give the t,
which was purified by column cinematography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl
acetate = 12:1 to 10:1) to afford the 4-10 (40 mg, 50 9/5) as white powder. 1H NMR (4-10): (400
MHZ, CDC13)5 2.02—1.93 (m, 1H), 1.92—1.80 (m, 1H), 1.70—0.85 (m, 41H), 0.82 (s, 3H), 0.67 (s,
3H).
Prepamtion of 4-11 and 4-12. 4-11 (100 mg 15. 38 %) and 4-12 (90 mg 1385
0AS) were obtained by SFC purification from 4-6 (600 mg, 1.55 mmol). H NMR (Isomer 1):
(400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 5.30 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.40 (d, J=12.4 Hz. 1H), 2.14-1.99 (111, 3H), 1.96-1.68
(m, 3H), .52 (m, 5H), 461}, 13H)> 1.19-1.09 (m, 8H) 1.02 (s, 3H), 0.96-0.93 (m,
3H), 0.93-0.87 (m, 3H), 0.69 (s, 3H). 1H NMR (Isomer 2): (400 MHz, CDCB) 5 5.30 (m, 1H),
2.44—2.40 (d, J=l4 Hz, 1H), 2.17-1.96 (m. 3H), 1.96-1.67 (m, 3H); 1.67—1.18 (m, 18H), 1.16-1.09
(m, 8H) 1.06 (s, 3H), .93 (m, 3H), 0.93-0.87 (m, 3H), 0.69 (s, 3H).
Example 5.
-8A
Preparation ound 5-2. To a on of 5-1 (200 mg, 0.52 mmol) in
toluene (5 mL) at -78 0C was added n-PngBr (1.3 mL. 2 M in THF, 2.6 mmol) dropwise. The
mixture was warmed up to room temperature gradually and stirred for 6 h. The reaction mixture
was quenched with NH4C1 aqueous, extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over
Na2804, and concentrated to give crude product. The crude product was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (eluent: PE: EA = 15:1) to afford 5-2 (130 mg, 58 %) as white
solid. 1H NMR: (300 MHz, CDC13) 5: ppm 5.30 (d, J: 4.8 Hz, 1H), 2.48-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.02—
1.95 (m, 3H), 1.88-1.66 (m, 3H), 1.63—1.52 (1n, 5H), 1.52—1.46 (m. 4H), 1.43-1.41 (m, 1H), 1.41—
1.35 (m, 4H), 1.30—1.22 (m, 3H), 1.20—1.14 (m. 4H), 1.13-1.08 (m, 4H), 1.03 (s, 3H), 0.95—0.90
(m, 3H), 0.90-0.87 (m, 3H), 0.87-0.85 (m, 1H) 0.68 (s, 3H).
Preparation of 5-3and 5-4. To a solution of compound 5-2 (400 mg, 0.93 mmol)
in EtOAc (20 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (100 mg). Then the mixture was stirred under hydrogen
(50 psi) at 50 0C overnight. The mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was
evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on
silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate= 15:1) to afford the pure product 5-3(150 mg,
37.3 %) and 5-4 (27 mg, 6.7 %) as white powder. 1H NMR (5-3): (300 MHz, CDC13) 6 1.97-
1.94 (m, 1 H), .77 (in, 1 H), 1.67-1.62 (m, 3H), 1.56-1.51 (m, 6H), .30 (m, 11H),
1.24 (s, 6H), 1.20 (s, 1H), 1.13 (s, 5H), 1.09—0.99 (111,411), 0.94-0.90(m, 6H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.65
(s, 3H). 1H NMR (5—4); (300 MHz, CDCB) 6 1.98-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.91-1.78 (m, 5H), 1.65—1.51
(m, 5H), 1.47—1.46 (m, 3H), l.38-l.35 (m, 9H), 1.32—1.30 (m, 2H), 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 6H),
1.16-1.10 (m, 4H), 1.06—1.04 (m, 4H), .94 (m, 4H), 0.92-0.89 (m, 6H), 0.86-0.83 (m, 1H),
0.64 (s, 3H).
ation 0f5-5 and 5-6 To a solution of compound 5-1 (1500 mg, 3.88 mmol)
in dry THF (30 mL) was added a solution of n—PngBr (11.6 mL, 23.3 mmol) dropwise at 0°C.
The mixture was stirred at 40°C for 16 h. TLC (PE/EtOAc = 2/1) showed the reaction was
complete. Saturated s NH4C1 (5 mL) was added slowly to quench the reaction. The
resulting on was separated between EtOAc (30 mL x 3) and H20 (30 mL). The combined
organic layers were concentrated in vacuum and the residue was d by silica gel column
eluted with PE/EtOAc = 10/1 to give the mixture of the diastereomeric pair (1.1 g) as white
power. The reimeric pair was separated by prep-SFC to give 5-6 (380 mg, 22.8%) as a
white solid and 5-5 (385 mg, 23.1%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (5-5): (400 MHZ, CDClg) 6 5.31—
.30(m, 1H), 2.44-2.41(d, 1H, J: 12.8 Hz), 2.01—1.96 (m, 3H), 1.86-1.69 (m, 3H),1.58-1.25 (m,
16H), 1.14-1.08 (m, 11H), 1.06-0.99 (m, 4H), 0.94-0.91 (m, 6H), 0.68 (s, 3H). 1H NMR (5-6):
(400 MHZ, CDClg) 5 5.3 l-5.30(m, 1H,), 2.44-2.41(d, 1H, J= 12.4 Hz), 2.02-1.96 (in, 3H), 1.87-
1.68 (m, 3H), 1.57-1.25 (m. 16H). .08 (m, 10H), 1.02-0.99(m, 4H), 0.94-0.91(m, 6H), 0.68
(s, 3H).
Preparation of 5-8 A mixture of 5-6 (200 mg, 0.464 mmol) and Pd/C (100 mg,
cat.) in EtOAc (30 mL) was hydrogenated under 50 psi of hydrogen for 48 h at 500C. The
reaction mixture was d through a celite pad. The pad was washed with EtOAc (50 mL).
The filtrate was concentrated in vacuum and the residue was purified by silica gel column eluted
with Ac = 20/l to give 5-8 (111.3 mg, 55.4%) as a white solid. 1H NMR(5-8) (400 MHZ,
CDCl3), 6 (ppm) 1.97—1.94 (d. 1H, J=12.0 Hz), 1.83-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.61 (m. 3H), 1.50—1.24
(m, 20H), 1.13—1.00 (m, 11H), 0.94-0.85 (m, 7H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.68-0.65 (m, 4H). 1H NMR(5-
8A) (400 MHz,CDC13), 5 (ppm) 1.98-1.95 (d, 1H, J=l 1.2 Hz), 1.88-1.80 (m, 3H), .60 (m,
1H), 1.51-1.47 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.31 (m, 12H), l.28-1.20(m, 8H), .01 (m, 11H), 0.96-0.80
(m, 10H), 0.65 (s, 3H).
ation of 5-7 A mixture of 5-5 (200 mg, 0.464 mmol) and Pd/C (100 mg,
cat.) in EtOAc (30 mL) was hydrogenated under 50 psi of en for 48 h at 50°C. The
reaction mixture was filtered through a celite pad. The pad was washed with EtOAc (50 mL).
The filtrate was concentrated in vacuum and the residue was purified by silica gel column eluted
with PE/EtOAc = 20/l to give 5-7 (1185 mg, 59.0%) as a white solid. 1H NMR(5-7) (400 MHZ.
CDClg), 5 (ppm) l.97-l.94 (d, 1H, J=12.8 Hz), 1.88—1.79 (m, lH); l.7l—l.6l (m: 3H), 1.51—1.24
(m, 20H), 1.13—1.00 (m, 11H), 0.94-0.85 (m, 7H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.68-0.65 (m, 4H). 1H NMR(5—
7A) (400 MHz, CD03), 5 (ppm) 1.98-1.95 (d, 1H, J=l 1.2 Hz), 1.88-1.79 (m, 3H), 1.65-1.59 (m,
1H), 1.52-1.47 (m; lH), l.4l-l.31 (m, llH), 1.27—1.22 (m, 9H), 1.13-1.11 (m, 7H), 1.06-1.01 (m,
4H), 0.96-0.90 (m. 10H). 0.65 (s, 3H).
e 6.
9-8BN
H202, NaOH
Pd/C, H2
EtOAc
9-BBN, H202
NaOH
9-BBN, H202
NaOH
BzCl
682
6-1 1
SFC UOH
" :
THF.MeOH, H20
Preparation of6-2. To a solution of 6-1 (150 mg, 0.39 mmoie) in THF (4 mL)
was added allylmagnesium bromide (2.34 mL, 2.34 mmole, 1M in ether) at -78°C. Then the
reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 12 hours. The mixture was
quenched with NH4C1 (20 mL) solution and extracted with EtOAc (10 mL x 2). The organic
phase was dried by Na2804 and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: PE:
EA = 10:1) to get the 6-2 (100 mg, 59%). 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDClg) 5 .82 (m, 1H),
.3l (d, J=5.2Hz, 2H), 5. l5-5.09 (m, 2H), .40 (m, 1H), 2.22-2.20 (d, J=7.6Hz, 2H), 2.04-
1.96 (m, 3H), 1.95—1.57 (m, 3H), 1.54—1.24 (m, 12H), .11 (m, 5H), 1.09—1.05 (m, 6H), 1.03
(s, 3H), 0.98-0.92 (m, 5H), 0.68 (s, 3H).
Preparation of 6-3. To a solution of 9-BBN ( 3.2 mL, 1.6 mmol, 2M in THF)
was added dropwise a solution of 6-2 (70 mg, 0.16 mmol) in THF (2 1nL) at 0 0C. The reaction
mixture was heated at 60 0C and stirred for 12 hours. The mixture was cooled to 0 °C and aq.
NaOl-I (10%) solution (2 mL) was added followed by H302 (30%, lmL). The mixture was
stirred for 2 hours at 0 OC and then extracted with EtOAc .The combined organic layer was
washed with brine, dried over NagSO4 and trated to to give crude product. The crude
product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl
acetate=2:l) to afford 6-3 (30 mg, 42 %) as white solid. 1H NMR: (300 MHZ, CDCB) 6: 5.30 (d,
J=5.2Hz, 1H), 3.68-3.65 (m, 2H), 2.43—2.39 (m, 1H), 2.03—1.80 (m, 6H), 1.79-1.62 (m, 6H),
1.47-1.36 (m, 5H), 1.32—1.25 (m, 7H), 1.17—1.13 (m, 4H), 1.11—1.07 (m, 6H), 105—098 (m, 4H),
0.94—0.90 (m, 5H), 0.68 (s, 3H).
Preparation of 6-4 and 6-5. A mixture of 6-1 (1.0 g. 2.59 mmoi) and 10% de’C
{1-40 mg) in EtOAc {30 ml.) was. hydrogenated for 15 h at 500C under H; (50 psi). The reaction
e was filtered through a pad ot‘ceiite and the pad was washed with EtOAc (20 mL x 3}.
The combined filtrates were concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography
on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=15:1) to afford 6—4 {500 mg, 49.5%) and an
'3 (200 mg, 19.80453) as white solid.
Preparation of 6-6. To a solution of 6-4 (70 mg, 0.18 mmol) in dry THF (2 mL)
at —78 °C was added C3H5MgBr (1.1 mL, 1.08 mmol) dropwise under N2. The e was
warmed up to room temperature gradually and stirred for 12 h. The reaction was quenched with
NHiCl aqueous and extracted by EtOAc. The c layer was dried over Na2804, filtered and
concentrated to give crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography
on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 15: l) to afford the pure product 6-6 (40
mg, 51.9 0/5) as White powder. 1H NMR: (300 MHz, CDC13) 5: ppm 5.92—5.79 (m, 1H), 5.15 (d,
J: 4.2 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (d, J: 13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.21 (d, J: 7.5 Hz, 2H), .75 (1n, 5H), 1.67-1.34
(m, 19H), 1.30—0.94 (m, 11H), 0.91 (d, J: 6.3 Hz, 3H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.69-0.61 (m, 4H).
Preparation of6-7 and 6-8 Compound 6-2 (400 mg, 0.849 mmol) was split by
SFC to get 6-7 (96 mg) and 6-8 (162 mg) as white powder (total yield: 65%). 1H NMR(6—7)
(400 MHZ, CDC13), 5 5.90-5.81 (m, 1H), 5.31 (d, J=5.2Hz, 3H)? 5.20-5.09 (m, 2H), 2.45—2.35
(m, 1H), 2.25—2.15 (m, 2H), 2.04—0.90 (m, 36H), 0.68 (s, 3H). 1H NMR(6—8) (400 MHz.
,6 5.90-5.80 (m, 1H). 5.31 (d, J=5.2Hz, 1H), 5.21-5.09 (m. 2H), 2.45—2.34 (m, 1H), 2.25—
2.15 (m, 2H), 2.04-0.89 (m, 36H), 0.68 (s, 3H).
Preparation of 635 To a solution of 6-6 (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) in pyridine (3
mL) was added BzCl (64.4 mg. 0.46 mmol ) dropwise at room temperature. Then the reaction
mixture was stirred at 40°C for 12 hours. TLC showed the starting material was consumed
completely. The mixture was quenched by saturated aqueous water and extracted with EtOAc.
The combined organic phase was washed with 1 M HCl (30 mL) and brine, dried over ous
Na2804 then concentrated in vacuum. The residue was d by column chromatography on
silica gel (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=80:1) to afford 632 (60 mg, 48%) as a white solid.
Preparation of 631, Compound 63: (60 mg, 0.11 mmol) was split by SFC
to get 6Bz (40 mg, 66%) as a white. solid. ‘H NMR: (400 MHz. CDClg) 6 7.99-7.98 (d.
1:7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.53—7.49 (t. J=7.2 HZ, 1H), 7.42-7.38 (t, J=7.2 Hz. 2H), .20 (d, J=7.6 Hz.
2H), .57 (m, 11H), 1.54-1.26 (m, 16H), 1.15 (s, 3H), 1.12—1.10 (m. 6H), 0.92—0.91 (d.
3:6.0 Hz, 3H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0 (m, 4H)
Preparation of 6-1] To a solution of compound 6Bz (40 mg, 0.075 mmol) in
a mixture solvent of THF (2 mL) and MeOH (1 mL) was added a solution of LiOH (90 mg, 3.75
mmol) in H30 (1 mL). The mixture was d at 40°C for 3 days. TLC showed the ng
material was consumed completely. The reaction mixture was treated with water and extracted
with EtOAc. The combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous NaZSO4
then concentrated by vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel
(petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=8:1) to afford 6-11 (23 mg, 71%) as a white solid. 1IrI NNIR:
(400 MHz, CDC13) 6 5.86-5.84 (m, 1H), 5.13-5.09 (m, 2H), .19 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.84-
1.25 (m, 19H), 1.24 (s, 3H), 1.14 (s, 3H), 1.13-1.09 (m, 7H), 0.91-0.90 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.80
(s, 3H), 0.64-0.60 (m, 4H.)
Example 7.
Pd/Ct H2(50 Psi)
n-BuLi —>
W EtOAQ 50°C
HO HO
Pd/C, H2(50 psi)
EtOH. 50°C
Pd/C, H2(50 psi)
EtOH, 50°C
Preparation ofCompound 7-2. To a solution of 7-1 (193 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1.0 eq)
in dry THF (3 mL), n-BuLi (1.6 mL, 4 mmol, 8.0 eq) was added dropwise at -78 OC. The
resulting e was stirred at this temperature for 0.5 h; and then the temperature was allowed
to warm to room temperature and stirred at this temperature for r 18 h. TLC (PE/EA = 5/1)
showed the reaction was complete. The mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl
and extracted with EtOAc (10 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (10
1nL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (eluent: PE: EA = 20: l) to give the product 7-2 (85 mg, 38.6%) as
white powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13)6 5.31 (d, J=S.2 Hz, 1H), 2.41 (d, J=13.2Hz, 1H),
2.10—1.95 (m, 3H), 1.94—1.62 (m, 42H), 1.52—1.22 (m, 17H), 1.22—1.20 (m, 1H), 1.15 (s, 3H),
1.10 (s, 3H), 1.05 (s, 3H), 1.04-1.00 (m, 3H), 1.00-0.85 (m, 9H), 0.67 (s, 3H).
Preparation of Compound 7-3. A mixture of 7-2 (100 mg, 2.59 mmci) and 10%
Pol/C (140 mg) in EtOAc (30 mL,} was hydrogenated tor 16 h at 50°C under H; (50 psi). The
reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the pad was washed with EtOAe (20 mi.
24' 3). The combined fiitrates were concentrated. The residue was purified by rnti
chromatography on silica gei {:eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 15:1) to afford 7-3 {3.5
mg, 3.5%) and 763A (39 mg, 19 (3725) as. white . 3H NMR (7-3): (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 2.02-
1.92 (m, 1 H), 1.90—1.77 (1n, 1 H), 1.70-1.38 (m, 14 H), 1.36—1.29 (m, 6H), .20 (m, 8 H),
.08 (m, 6 H), 1.07-0.96 (m, 4 H), 0.96-0.84 (m, 7 H), 0.82 (s, 3 H), 0.70-0.60 (m, 4 H).
1H NMR (7-3A): (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 1.98-1.80 (m, 4 H), .48 (m, 6 H), 1.45—1.33 (m, 9
H), .23 (m, 10H), 1.22-1.18 (m, 4 H), 1.17—1.10(m, 6 H), .97(m,4 H), 0.94 (s, 3 H),
0.93-0.87 (m, 6 H), 0.64 (s, 3 H)
] Preparation of 7-4 and 7-5 To a solution of compound 7-1 (1.5 g, 3.88 mmol) in
dry THF (15 mL) was added n-BuLi (12.5. mL, 31 mmoi, 2.5 M in THF) dropwise at —78 OC. The
resulting mixture was stirred at this temperature for 0.5 h, and then the temperature was allowed
to warm to room temperature and d at this temperature for another 18 h. TLC (PE/EA = 5/ 1)
showed the reaction was complete. The mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl
and extracted with EtOAc (301nL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (10
mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (eluent: PE: EA = 20:1) to give 7-2 (800 mg, 46.4%) as white
powder, which was split by SFC to give 7-4 (207 mg) and 7-5 (360 mg) as white powder. 1H
NMR (7-4): (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 5.38-5.29 (m, 1 H), 2.44 (d, 1H, J=12.5 Hz), .69 (m,
6H), 1.57-1.25 (m, 18H), 1.20-0.89 (m, 23H), 0.70 (s, 3H). 1H NMR (7-5): (400 MHZ, CDC13)
6 5.32 (s, 1H), 2.44 (d, 1H, J=12.3 Hz), 2.08-1.68 (m, 6H), 2.55-1.25 (1n, 17H), 2.22-0.85 (m,
24H), 0.70 (s, 3H).
Preparation of 7-6 To a solution of 7—4 (0.17 g, 0.38 mmol) in 15 mL EtOH was
added Pd/C (100 mg) then the reaction mixture was stirred under hydrogen (50 psi) at 50 0C for
24 h. The resulting solution was filtered and concentrated. The t was purified by column
chromatograph on silica gel elude with (PE: 1) to give 7-6 (40 mg, yield: 23.42%) as
white solid. IH Nl\’IR(7-6) (400 MHZ, CDClg), 8 1.97-1.94 (in, 1H,), l.88-l.76 (in, 1H), 1.71-
1.59 (in, 3H). 3.56—3.23 (m. 21H), l.23-{).86 (m, 19H), 0.81 (s, 3H), 0.65 (s, 3H).
Preparation of 7-7 To a solution of 7-5 (0.23 g) 0.52 mmol) in 15 mL EtOH was
added Pd/C (200 mg), then the reaction mixture was stirred under en (50 psi) at 50 0C for
24 h. The resulting solution was filtered and concentrated. The product was purified by column
chromatograph on silica gel elude with (PE: EA=20 :1) to give 7-7 (70 mg as
, yield: 30.3%)
white solid. 1H NMR(7-7) (400 MHz, CDClg), 8 (ppm) 1.99-1.92 (m> 1H,), .78 (n1, 1H),,
1.70-1.52 (m, 6H), 3.46—1.20 (m, 21H), £.IE8~€}.87 (m, 20H). 0.81 (s, 3H}, 0.65 (s, 3H}.
Example 8.
Pd/C, H2(50Psi)
EtOAc. 50°C
1,,“ i OH
0‘ i—PngBr SFC
r @e T.....00
HO HO
8-1 8-2
Pd/C, H2(50Psi)
EtOAc,50°C
Pd/C, 142(50931)
EtOAc. 50 0C
ation of8-2. To a solution of compound 8-1 (100 mg, 0.25 mmol) in
toluene (8 mL) was added dropwise a solution of i-PngBr (1.5 mL, 1.5 mmol, l M in THF) at
room temperature during a period of 10 min under nitrogen. Then the reaction mixture was
stirred at room temperature for 12 h. TLC showed that the starting material was consumed
tely. The mixture was poured into aqueous saturated NH4Cl solution (ZOmL) and
extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 2). The combined organic phases were dried over NaQSO4_ and
the solvent was evaporated to afford crude product. The crude t purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 8:1) to give the product 8-
2 (66 mg, 59.46 %) as white powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHZ, CDCl3) 8 5.30 (d, z, 1H);
2.43-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.04—1.55 (m, 3H), 1.88-1.66 (m, 5H), 1.58-1.13 (m; l5H)5 l.ll (s, 3H), 1.08
(s, 3H) 1.01
, (s, 3H), 0.96-0.90 (m, 6H), 0.90-0.86 (m, 3H), 0.68 (s, 3H).
Preparation 0f8-3 and 8—4. To a solution of compound 8-2 (60 mg, 0.14 mmol)
in EtOAc (15 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (20 mg) under argon. The suspension was degassed
under vacuum and purged with H; several times. The e was stirred under H2 (50 Psi) at
50°C overnight. The suspension was filtered through a pad of celite and the pad was washed with
EA (20 mL x 3). The combined filtrates were trated in vacuum and the residue was
purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: eum ether: ethyl acetate=10: l) to
give 8-3 (27 mg, 45 %) and 8-4 (9 mg. 15 %) as white powder. 1H NMR (8-3) : (400 MHz,
CDCB) 5 1.97-1.94 (m, 1H). 1.85-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.42 (m, 12H), 1.48-1.20 (m, l2H), 1.18-
1.09 (m, 3H), l.07 (s, 3H) 1.02-0.98 (m, 2H), 0.93—0.88 (m, 6H), 0.88-0.86 (m. 3H), 0.80 (s.
3H), 0.63 (s, 3H). 1H NMR(8—4) : (400 MHz. CDC13) 95 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.79 (m, 3H),
1.75—1.54 (m, 7H). 1.48—1.24 (m, 16H), 1.23 (s, 3H), 1.19—1.11 (m, 4H) 1.08 (s. 4H), 0.95 (s,
3H), 0.94-0.88 (m, 6H), 0.88-0.86 (m, 3H), 0.63 (s, 3H).
] ation of 63- 7am] 8-8. To a solution of compound 8-1 (1500 mg, 3.88 mmol)
in dry THF (30 mL) was added a solution of i—PngCl (11.6 mL, 23.3 mmol) dropwise at 0 OC.
The mixture was stirred at 40°C for 16 h. TLC OAc = 2/1) showed the reaction was
complete. Saturated s NH4Cl (5 mL) was added slowly to quench the reaction. The
resulting solution was separated between EtOAc (30 mL x 3) and H20 (30 mL). The combined
organic layers were concentrated in vacuum and the e was purified by silica gel column
eluted with PE/EtOAc = 10/1 to give the mixture of the diastereomeric pair (800 mg) as white
power. The diastereimeric pair was separated by prep-SFC to give 8-8 (317 mg, 19.0%) and 8-7
(250 mg, 15.0%) as white solid. 1H NMR (8—8): (400 MHZ, CDC-lg) 5 5.30 (s, 1H), 2.42 (d, J:
12.4 Hz, 1H), 2.01—1.99 (m, 3H), 1.89-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.59-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.51—1.26 (m, 9H), 1.20—
1.05 (m, 12H), 1.04—0.99 (m, 4H), 0.94-0.88 (m, 10H), 0.68 (s, 3H). 1H NMR (8—7): (400 MHZ,
CDC13)5 5.30 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.42 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 2.00—1.97 (m, 3H), 1.89-1.68 (m,
4H), 1.58-1.25 (m, 10H), 1.19-1.08 (m, 10H), 1.03-0.98 (m, 4H), 0.95-0.88 (m, 10H), 0.68 (s,
3H).
Preparation of 8-6. A mixture of 8—8 (200 mg, 0.464 mrnol) and Pd/C (100 mg,
cat.) in EtOAc (30 mL) was hydrogenated under 50 psi of hydrogen for 48 h at 50°C. The
reaction mixture was filtered through a celite pad. The pad was washed with EtOAc (50 mL).
The filtrate was concentrated in vacuum and the residue was purified by silica gel column eluted
with PE/EtOAc = 20/1 to give 8-6 (85.9 mg, 42.8%) as a white solid and 8-6A (17.6 mg, 8.8%)
as a white solid. lH NMR(8—6) (400 MHz, CDClg), 5 (ppm) .94 (d, 1H, J=12.8 Hz), 1.88-
1.79 (m, 1H), 1.71-1.61 (m, 3H), 1.54—1.45 (m, 3H), 1.36-1.19 (m, 13H), 1.16-0.96 (m, 12H),
.87 (m, 10H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.68—0.65 (m, 4H). ‘H NMR(8—6A) (400 MHz,CDC13),6
(ppm) 1.98-1.95 (d, 1H, J=10.8 Hz), .79 (m, 3H), 1.71—1.59 (m, 3H), 1.53-1.48 (m, 2H),
1.42—1.31 (m, 6H), 1.27-0.96 (m, 20H), 0.92-0.87 (m, 12H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.64 (s, 3H).
Preparation of 8-5 A mixture of 8-7 (150 mg, 0.348 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Pd/C (75
mg, cat.) in EtOAc (20 mL) was hydrogenated under 50 psi of hydrogen for 48 h at 500C. The
reaction mixture was filtered through a celite pad. The pad was washed with EtOAc (50 mL).
The filtrate was trated in vacuum and the residue was purified by silica gel column eluted.
with PE/EtOAc = 20/ i to give 8-5 (89.0 mg, 44.3%) as a white solid and 8-5A (4.6 mg, 2.3%) as
a white solid. lH NMR(8-5) (400 MHz, CDCl_;), 5 (ppm) 1.97—1.94 (d, 1H, J=12.8 Hz), 1.88-
1.79 (m, 1H), 1.71—1.61 (m. 3H). 1.54—1.45 (m, 3H), 1.36-1.19 (m, 13H), 1.16-0.96 (m, 12H),
0.92-0.87 (m, 10H), 0.80 (s? 3H), 0.68-0.65 (m, 4H). 1H NMR(8-5A) (400 MHz? CDClg), 6
(ppm) .95 (d, 1H, J=10.8 Hz), 1.91—1.79 (m, 3H); 1.72—1.64 (m, 2H); 1.54—1.50 (m, 1H),
.00 (m, 28H), 0.96-0.87 (m, 12H), 0.64 (s. 3H).
e 9.
""""
9.3 EtoAc, 50 °c .....
.....
H0 A
.....to
9-7A
9H ......3
a. Pd/C, H2(50Psi)
‘ "1.. OH
i ElOAc, 50 [7C
. :
H F)
H 9-8A
Preparation 0f9-2. To a solution of compound 9-1 (100 mg, 0.25 1nrnol) in THF
(2 mL) was added dropwise a on of CyclopropylmagnesiumBromide (2.5 inLa 2.5 minol, l
M in THF) at room temperature during a period of 10 min under nitrogen. Then the reaction
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. TLC showed that the starting material was
consumed completely. The mixture was poured into aqueous saturated NH4Cl solution (ZOmL)
and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 2). The combined organic phases were dried over NaZSOr
and the solvent was ated to afford crude product. The crude product purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=10:l) to give the product 9-
2 (33 mg, 30 9/0) as white powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHZ, CDCl3) 6: 5.31 (d> J=5.2Hz, 1H), 2.42
(d, Hz, 1H),2.08—1.93 (m. 3H); 1.90-1.65 (111,311), 1.62-1.27 (m, 13H), 1.22-1.08 (m,
11H), 1.01 (s, 3H), 1.00-0.85 (m, 6H), 0.68 (s, 3H),0.40-0.25 (m, 4H).
Preparation of 9-3 and 9-4 Compound 9-2 (200 mg, 0.46 mmol) was separated
by SFC to get 9-3 (90 mg) and 9-4 (lOO mg) as white solid, (total yield: 95%). 1H NMR: (9-3)
(400 MHz, CDClg) 5 5.31—5.30 (m, 1H), 2.44—2.41 (m, 1H), 2.02—1.99 (m, 3H), 1.95-1.60 (m,
3H), 1.50—1.25 (m, 9H), 1.20—1.05 (m, 11H), 1.02-0.93 (m, llH), 0.68 (s, 3H), 0.35-0.28 (m,
4H). 1H NMR: (9-4) (400 MHz, CDClg) 5 5.31—5.30 (m, 1H), 2.44—2.41 (m, 1H), 2.02—1.95 (m,
3H), 1.93-1.60 (m, 3H), 1.50-1.25 (m, 10H), 1.20-1.05 (m, 11H), 1.02-0.93 (m, 11H), 0.68 (s,
3H), 0.36-0.24 (m, 4H)
Preparation of 9-7 To a solution of compound 9-3 (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) in
EtOAc (8 mL) was added Pd/C (10%., 200 mg) under N2. The suspension was ed under
vacuum and purged with H2 several times. Then the mixture was stirred under H2 (50 psi) at 50
0C for 24 hours. The suspension was filtered through a pad of celite and the pad was washed with
EtOAc (30 mL x 2). The combined filtrates were concentrated to dryness to give the crude
t, which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel leum ether: ethyl
acetate=20:l) to afford 9-7 (27.8 mg, 27.8%) as white solid. 1H NMR: (9-7) (400 MHZ, CDClg)
1.97-1.94 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.80 (m, 1H), l.64-l.57 (m, 3H), .30 (m, 7 H), 1.28—0.85 (m,
25H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.65-0.60 (m, 4H), 0.36-0.33 (m, 4H). 1H NMR: (9-7A) (400 MHz, CDClg) 5
1.95-1.83 (m, 4H), 1.70-1.57 (m, 1H), 1.45—1.11 (m, 22H), .85 (m, 17 H), 0.65 (s, 3H),
.34 (in, 4H)
Preparation of 9-8 To a solution of compound 9-4 (100 mg, 0.23 mmol) in
EtOAc (8 mL) was added Pd/C (10%, 200 mg) under N2. The suspension was degassed under
vacuum and purged with H; several times. Then the mixture was stirred under H2 (50 psi) at 50
0C for 24 hours. The suspension was filtered through a pad of celite and the pad was washed with
EtOAc (30 mL x 2). The combined filtrates were concentrated to dryness to give the crude
product, which was purified by HPLC to afford 9-8 (18.3 mg, 18%) as white solid. 1H NMR: (9-
8) (400 MHZ, CDClg) 6 1.97-1.94 (m, lH), 1.90-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.57 (m, 3H), 1.54-1.20 (m,
16 H), 1.19-0.82 (m, 16H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.65-0.60 (m, 4H), .28 (m, 4H)
Example 10.
Bng :
-1
Pd/C: H2 (5095i) :'—.MgBr BzCl
—> . _.
EKOAC, 50°C
THF pyridine
-1 19.5 10-6
THFMeOH, H20
LiOH
THFMeOH, H20
-9
r cat.
H2(1atm), EtOAc
NaH, Mel
OH PdlC, H2(50 psi)
EtOAc 50 “C
-16
PdlC, H2(50 psi)
EYOAC 50 °C
-18
:~—'MgBr BZCI
—> 6
pyndme
-5 10-7 2
LiOH
THF,MeOH, H20
-10
LiOH
THF,MeOH, H20
'"
1032
Pd/C, H2(50 psi)
EtOAc 50 °C
-17
Pd/C, H2(50 psi)
EtOAc 50°C
1043
-19
Preparation 0f10-2. To a solution of compound 10-1 (100 mg, 0.25 mmol) in
e (8 mL) was added dropwise a solution of ethynylmagnesium bromide (4 mL, 2.0 mmol,
0.5 M in THF) at room temperature during a period of 10 min under en. Then the reaction
mixture was stirred at 50 0C over night. TLC showed that the starting material was consumed
completely. The mixture was poured into aqueous saturated NH4C1 on (10 mL) and
extracted with EtOAc (25 mL x 2). The ed organic phases were dried over Na2804, and
the solvent was evaporated to afford crude product. The crude product purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate= 10:1) to give the product
-2 (80 mg, 74.98 %) as White powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHZ, CDCB) 5 5.30 (d, J=5.2Hz, lH),
2.43—2.40 (m, 2H), 2.06-1.81 (m, 5H), l.80—l.67 (m, 3H), 1.67-1.59 (m 2H); 1.49 (s, 3H), 1.48-
1.42 (m, 2H) 1.40—1.24 (m, 4H), 1.20—1.13 (m, 2H), 1.10 (s, 3H), 0.96-0.92 (m, 3H), 0.69 (s;
3H).
Preparation of 10-3 and 10-4. Compound 10-2 (350 mg, 0.849 mmol) was split
by SFC to get 10-3 (82 mg) and 10-4 (94 mg) as white powder (total yield: 50%). 1H NMR(“10-
3) (400 MHz,CDC13),6 5.29 (d, J=5.2Hz, 1H), 2.43—2.40 (m, 2H), .95 (m, 38H), 0.68 (s,
3H). lH NMR(10-4) (400 MHz, CDCl;;),85.29 (d, i=52Hz, 1H), 2.43—2.40 (m, 2H), 2.05-0.95
(m, 38H), 0.68 (s, 3H).
Preparation 0f 10-5. To a on of compound 10-1 (3.0 g) 7.76 mmol) in a
mixture solvent of EtOAc (20 mL) and EtOH (10 mL) was added PdI’C (33%, 1.0 g) under N2.
The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H2 several times. Then the mixture
was stirred under H2 (50 psi) at 50 0C for 6 days. The suspension was d through a pad of
celite and the pad was washed with EtOAc (100 mL x 3). The combined filtrates were
concentrated to dryness to give the crude product. which was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=20z l) to afford 10-5 (1.7 g, 56%) as
a white solid. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDClg) 5 .44 (m, 1H), 2.43—2.40 (m, 1H), 2.13 (s,
3H), 1.95—1.25 (m, 20H), 1.23 (s, 3H), 1.22—1.00 (m, 8H), 0.90-0.88 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3H), 0.80 (s,
3H), 0.63-0.60 (m. 4H)
Preparation 0f10-6. To a solution of 10-5 (550 mg, 1.41 mmol) in dry THF (10
mL) was added ethynylmagnesium bromide (28.2 mL, l4.1 mmol) se at 0°C under N2.
Then the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. TLC showed the starting
material was consumed completely. The mixture was quenched by ted s NH4C1 (80
mL) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous
Na2304 then concentrated by vacuum. The e was purified by column chromatography on
silica gel (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=15:l) to afford 10-6 (380 mg, 64%) as a white solid.
1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 2.42 (s, 1H), 1.97-1.48 (m, 14H), 1.47 (s, 3H), 1.29-1.26 (m,
7H), 1.24 (s, 3H), 1.23-0.94 (m, 7H), 0.93—0.92 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3 H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.65-0.62 (m,
ation 0f10Bz To a solution of 10-6 (250 mg. 0.60 mmol) in pyridine (3
mL) was added BzCl (168 mg, 1.2 mmol ) dropwise at room temperature. Then the reaction
mixture was stirred. at 45°C for 12 hours. TLC showed the starting material was consumed
completely. The mixture was quenched by saturated aqueous water and extracted with EtOAc.
The combined organic phase was washed with 1 M HCl (20 mL) and brine, dried over anhydrous
Na2804 then concentrated by vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on
silica gel (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=80: l) to 10Bz (200 mg, 64%) as a white solid.
] Preparation of]0Bz and 10Bz Compound 1082 (200 mg, 0.39 mmol)
was split by SFC to afford 10Bz (80 mg, 40%) and 1032 (70 mg, 35%) as white solid. 1H
NMR: (1082) (400 MHZ, CDCl3) 5 7.99—7.98 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.51-7.49 ((1, 1:72 HZ, 1H),
7.42-7.38 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.42 (s, 1H), 2.05-1.68 (m, 8H), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.60-1.49 (m, 7H),
1.48 (s, 3H), .11 (m, 16H), 0.94-0.92 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3 H), 0.87 (s, 3H), 0.66-0.62 (m, 4H).
1H NMR: (10Bz) (400 MHz, CDCi3) 6 .98 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.51-7.49 (d, J=7.2 Hz,
1H), 7.42-7.38 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.43 (s, 1H), .67 (m, 8H), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.60-1.48 (m,
5H), 1.47 (s, 3H), .20 (m, 11H), 1.19—0.95 (m, 9 H), 0.94—0.92 (d, J=6.8 Hz), 0.87 (s, 3H),
0.66-0.62 (m, 4H)
Preparation of 10-8 To a solution of compound 10Bz (80 mg, 0.15 mmol) in a
mixture solvent of THF (3 mL) and MeOH (1.5 mL) was added a solution of LiOH (180 mg, 7.5
mmol) in H20 (15 mL). The mixture was d at 40 0C for 3 days. TLC showed the starting
material was consumed completely. The reaction mixture was treated with water and extracted
with EtOAc. The combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2$O4
then concentrated by vacuum. The e was purified by column chromatography on silica gel
(petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=8:l) to afford 10-8 (57 mg, 92%) as a white solid. 1H NlVIR:
(400 MHz, CDClg) 5 2.42 (s, 1H), 1.93—1.49 (m, 11H), 1.48 (s, 3H), 1.35—1.20 (m, 16H), 1.19—
0.94 (m, 5H), 0.93—0.92 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3 H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.65-0.62 (m, 4H)
Preparation of 10-9 To a solution of compound 10Bz (70 mg, 0.14 mmol) in a
mixture solvent of THF (3 mL) and MeOH (1.5 mL) was added a solution of LiOH (168 mg, 7.0
mmol) in H20 (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 40 0C for 3 days. TLC showed the ng
material was consumed completely. The reaction mixture was d with water and extracted
with EtOAc. The combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2804
then concentrated by vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel
(petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=8:1) to afford 10-9 (53 mg, 91%) as a white solid. 1H NAIR:
(400 MHZ, CDCl3) 6 2.42 (s, 1H), 1.93-1.49 (m, 111-1), 1.48 (s, 3H), 1.29-0.94 (m, 21H), 0.93-
0.92 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3 H), 0.80 (s, 3H), .62 (m, 4H)
Preparation of 10-7 To a solution of 10-5 (550 mg, 1.41 mmol) in dry THF (10
mL) was added Vinylmagnesium bromide (9.87 mL, 9.87 mmol) dropwise at 0 0C under N2.
Then the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. TLC showed the starting
material was ed completely. The mixture was quenched by saturated aqueous NH4C1 (30
mL) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous
Na2$O4 then concentrated by vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography on
silica gel (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=15:l) to afford 10-7 (300 mg, 51%) as a white solid.
1H NMR: (400 MHZ, CDClg) 6 5.93-5.86 (m, 1H), 5.20-5.16 (d, J=17.6 HZ, 1H), 5.05-5.02 (d,
3:108 HZ, 11-1,), 196-1933 (m, 1H), .57 (m, 4H), 1.51-1.20 (m, 20H), 1.19-1.00 (m, 8H),
0.91-0.89 (d, J=6 HZ, 3H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.64-0.60 (m, 4H)
Preparation Qf10- 7-Bz. To a on of 10-7 (220 mg, 0.53 mmol) in ne
(3 mL) was added BZCl (150 mg, 1.06 mmol ) dropwise at room temperature. Then the reaction
mixture was stirred at 40C for 12 hours. TLC showed the starting material was consumed
tely. The mixture was quenched by saturated aqueous water and extracted with EtOAc.
The combined organic phase was washed with l M HCl (30 mL) and brine, dried over anhydrous
Na2804 then concentrated by vacuum. The residue was purified by column tography on
silica gel (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=80:l) to afford 10Bz (150 mg, 54%) as a white solid.
Preparation of 10—10-Bz and 10—11-Bz Compound 10—7-BZ (190 mg, 0.37
mmol) was split by SFC to get 10—10—Bz (75 mg, 39%) and 10—11-BZ (70 mg, 37%) as white
solid. 1H NlVIR: (lO-lO-Bz) (400 MHZ, CDClg) 5 7.99-7.97 (d, J=‘7.2 HZ, lH), 7.51-7.49 (d,
J=7.6 HZ, lH), 7.42—7.38 (t, J=8.0 HZ, 2H), 5.93-5.86 (dd, 3E1 1.2 HZ, J2=17.2,1H), 5.21—5.16(d,
1:176 Hz, 1H), 5.05—5.02 (d, J=10.4 HZ, 1H), 2.05—1.75 (m, 8H), 1.65-1.27 (m, 19 H), 1.26 (s,
3H), .93 (m, 10 H), .90 (d, 6.0 HZ, 3H), 0.86 (s, 3H), 0.70-0.64 (m, 4H) 1H NMR:
(lO-ll-BZ) (400 MHZ, CDCl3) 8 7.99-7.97 (d, J=7.2 HZ, 1H), 7.51—7.49 (d, J=7.6 HZ, lH), 7.42-
7.38 (t, J=8.0 HZ, 2H), 5.93—5.86 (dd, J;=10.8 HZ, 12:17.6, 1H), 5.20-5.16 (d, J=l7.2 HZ, 1H),
.02 (d, J=10.4 HZ, 1H), 2.05—1.75 (m, 8H), 1.65-1.27 (m, 10 H), 1.26 (s, 3H), 1.25—0.93
(m, 10 H), 0.91-0.90 (d, 6.4 HZ, 3H), 0.86 (s, 3H), 0.70-0.64 (m, 4H)
Preparation 0f10-10. To a solution of compound 10Bz (75 mg, 0.14 mmol)
in a mixture solvent of THF (3 mL) and MeOI—I (1.5 ml.) was added a solution of LiOI-l (168 mg,
7.0 mmol) in H20 (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 40 0C for 3 days. TLC showed the
starting material was consumed completely. The reaction mixture was treated with water and
ted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried over
anhydrous NaQSO4 then concentrated by vacuum. The residue was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=8: 1) to afford 10—10 (55 mg, 94%/
as a White solid. 1H NMR: (400 MHZ, CDC13) 5 1.96-1.92 (m, 1H), l.90-l.70 (m, 2H). 1.69-1.57
(m, 5H), 155—120(11), 18H), 1.19-0.81 (m, 10H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.70-0.60 (m, 4H)
Preparation of 10—11-Bz. To a solution of compound 10Bz (70 mg, 0.13
mmol) in a mixture solvent of THF (3 ml.) and MeOH (1.5 mL) was added a solution of LiOH
(168 mg, 7.0 mmol) in H20 (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 40 0C for 3 days. TLC showed.
the ng material was consumed completely. The reaction mixture was treated with water and
extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried over
anhydrous Na2804 then trated by vacuum. The residue was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate=8:1) to afford 10—11 (49 mg, 91%
as a White solid. 1H NMR: (400 MHZ, CDCI3) 5 1.96-1.92 (m, 1H), l.90-l.70 (m, 2H), l.69-l.57
(m, 5H), 1.55—1.20 (m, 18H), 1.19-0.81 (m, 10H), 0.80 (s, 3H), .60 (m, 4H)
Preparation of 10—22 and 10-23. To a solution of 10-14 (550 mg, 1.27 mmol) in
THF (10 mL) was added NaH (254 mg, 6.36 mmol) at 0°C, and stirred at the same temperature
for 30 minutes. Then CH31 (127 mg, 0.770 mmol) was added dropwise to the mixture. The
reaction was monitored by TLC. After 1 h, 127 mg of CH31 was added in two portions. After
stirring at room temperature for 1.5 h, the on mixture was quenched with s NH4C1
(20 mL), extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 3), dried over Na2$O4 and concentrated to give crude
product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel leum
ether/ethyl acetate = 15/1) to give 10—14 as a white powder. The diastereomeric pairs (340 mg)
were separated by prep-SFC to give 10-22 (130 mg, 22.9%) as a white power and 10-23 (135
mg, 23.8%) as a white power. lH NMR(10-22): (400 MHZ, CDClg) 5 5.30 (s, 1H), 3.65-3.53
(m, 2H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.04 (br. 1H). 2.44-2.40 (d, 1H, J=13.6 HZ). 2.02—1.95 (m, 3H), .64
(m, 5H), 1.62-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.52—1.23 (m, 9H), 1.17—1.05 (m, 11H), 1.04-0.98 (m, 4H), 0.95—0.93
(d, 4H, J=6.8 Hz), 0.68 (s, 3H). 1H NMR (10-23): (400 MHZ, CDCi3) 85.30 (s, 1H), 3.61 (t, 2H,
J=6.0 Hz), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.04 (br, 1H), 2.44-2.40 (d, 1H, 8 Hz), 2.02-1.95 (m, 3H), 1.86-
1.64 (m, 5H), 1.57-1.25 (m, 12H), 1.16-0.93 (m, 17H), 0.68 (s, 3H).
Preparation of 10-17. A mixture of 10—22 (100 mg, 0.224 mmol) and Pd/C (50
mg, cat.) in EtOAc (10 mL) was hydrogenated under 50 psi of hydrogen for 48 h at 50°C. The
reaction mixture was filtered h a celite pad. The pad was washed with EtOAc (40 mL).
The filtrate was concentrated in vacuum and the residue was purified by silica gel column eluted
with PE/EtOAc = 15/1 to give 10—17 (68.4 mg, 68.1%) as a white solid. 1H NMR(10—17) (400
MHz, CDClg), 5 3.62-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.07 (br, 1H), 197—1 .93 (d, 1H, J=12.8 Hz),
1.83-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.55 (m, 5H), 1.50—1.43 (m, 3H), 1.37—1.23 (m, 12H), 1.16-0.97 (m,
10H), 0.93—0.91 (d, 1H, J=6.0 Hz), , 3H), 0.68-0.64 (m, 3H).
Preparation of 10-19. A mixture of 10-23 (100 mg, 0.224 mmol) and Pd/C (50
mg, cat.) in EtOAc (10 mL) was hydrogenated under 50 psi of hydrogen for 48 h at 50°C. The
on mixture was filtered h a celite pad. The pad was washed with EtOAc (40 mL).
The filtrate was concentrated in vacuum and the residue was purified by silica gel column eluted
with PE/EtOAc = 15/1 to give 10-19 (68.6 mg, 68.3%) as a white solid. 1H NMR(10—l9) (400
MHz, CDC13), 5 3.60 (t, 2H, J=6.0 Hz), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.07 (br, 1H), 1.97—1.94 (d, 1H, J=12.8
Hz), 1.81-1.57 (m, 6H), 1.54-1.43 (m, 4H), 1.36-1.22 (m, 12H), .97 (m, 10H), 0.92—0.91
(d, 1H, J=6.0 Hz), 080(5, 3H), 0.68-0.6i (m, 3H).
Preparation of]0- 7. To a solution of 10-6 (60 mg, 0.14 mmol) in EtOAc (2 mL)
was adde lindlar cat (24 mg). Then the mixture was stirred under hydrogen (latm) at room
temperature for 1.5 hours. The e was filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was
evaporated under reduced re. The residue was purified by column chromatography on
silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 10: Z) to afford the pure t 10—7 (26 mg,
43.0 %) as white powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCB) 5 5.93-5.85 (m, 1H), 5.20-5.16 (d,
Hz, 1H), 5.05—5.02 (d, .]=10.8Hz, 1H), 1.96-1.93 (m, lH), 1.79-1.67 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.57
(m, 4H), 1.55-1.36 (m, 11H), 1.35—1.27 (m, 9H) 1.26-0.97 (m, 8H), 0.96-0.89 (m, 3H). 0.81
, (s,
3H), 0.68-0.62 (m, 4H).
Preparation ofCompound 10-12. To a on of 10—1 (50 mg, 0.13
mmol) in THF (2 mL), vinyl magnesium bromide solution (1 mmol, 1 M in THF, 1 mL) was
added drop-wise at —50“‘C. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred
at room temperature for 16 hours. TLC (petroleum ether: ethyl e = 3:1) showed the reaction
was finished, the reaction mixture was quenched with aq. saturated NH4C1 solution (10 mL) and
then ted with EtOAc (10 mL x 3). The combined organic layer was washed with brine ('10
mL x 2), dried over anhydrous Na2804 and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by
column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 15/ 1) to afford 10-
12 (27 mg, 54%) as white powder. 1H NVIR: (400 MHZ, CDCB) 8 5.94—5.86 (m, 1H), 5.30 (d,
J=5.2Hz, 1H), 5.19 (d, J=17.2Hz, 1H), 5.04 (d, J=10.4Hz, 1H), 2.42 (d, J=12.8Hz, 1H), 2.01—
1.95 (m, 3H), 1.80-1.61 (m, 4H). .37 (m. 10H). 1.27 (s, 3H), 1.18-1.13 (m, 3H) 1.11
, (s,
3H). 1.10—1.04 (m, 3H), 1.01 (s, 3H), 1.00—0.95 (m. 2H), 0.92 (d, z, 3H). 0.67 (s, 3H).
Preparation of 10—12A and 10-12B. Compound 10—12 (350 mg, 0.84 mmol) was
sp1it by SFC to give 10-12A (160 mg) and 10-12B (110 mg) as a white solid (total yield: 77%).
1H NMR (10A): (400 MHz. CDCIg) a 5.94-5.86 (m, 1H), 5.30 (d. J=5.2Hz, 1H), 5.19 (d,
J=17.2Hz, 1H), 5.04 (d. J=10.4Hz, 1H), 2.50-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.05-0.85 (m, 36H), 0.67 (s, 3H). 1H
NMR (10B): (400 MHz. CDC13) 6 5.94-5.86 (m, 1H), 5.30 (d, .]=5.2Hz, 1H), 5.19 (d,
J=17.2Hz, 1H), 5.04 (d, J=10.4Hz, 1H), 2.50-2.40 (m, 1H). 2.05-0.85 (m, 36H), 0.67 (s, 3H).
Preparation of Compound 10-13. To a soiution of 10-12 (500 mg> 1.21 mmol) in
THF (5 mL) was added 9-BBN (24.2 mL, 12.1 mmol) lly at 0°C under N2 protection. The
mixture was d at 60°C for 16 hours. Then the reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C, and 10%
aqueous NaOH (10 mL), 30% H202 (5 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C
for 2 hours. The on mixture was quenched with aqueous Na2$203 (10 mL), extracted with
EtOAc (10 mL x 3), dried over Na2$O4 and concentrated to give crude product. The crude
product was purified by pre-HPLC to give 10—13 (100 mg, 19.2%) as white solid.1H NMR: (300
MHZ, CD3OD) 5 5.32 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H). 2.51-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.14-1.84
(m, 4H), 1.82-1.26 (m. 16H), 1.24—1.10 (m, 7H). 1.08-1.00 (m, 7H), 1.00—0.93 (m, 4H), 0.73 (s,
3H).
Preparation ofCompound 10-14. To a solution of 10-13 (50 mg, 0.11 mmol) in
THF (5 mL) was added NaH (13.2 mg, 0.55 mmol) at 0°C, and stirred at the same ature
for 30 minutes. Then CH31 ('78 mg. 0.55 mmol) was added drop-wise to the mixture. The mixture
was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous
NH4C1 (10 mL), extracted with EtOAc (10 mL x 3), dried over NaZSO4 and concentrated to give
crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel
(petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 5: 1) to give 10-14 (13 mg. 25.2%) as white powder. 1H NMR:
(300 MHz, CDC13) 6 5.23 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.54 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.34 (m,
1H), .88 (m, 3H). 1.74-1.58 (m, 5H), 1.52-1.19 (m, 14H), 1.10 (s, 3H), 1.09-1.05 (m, 1H),
1.04 (s, 3H), 1.02-0.94 (m, 2H), 0.91 (s, 3 H), 0.87 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 3H), 0.61 (s, 3H).
Preparation of 10—20 and 10-21. The crude product 10-13 was washed. with
EtOAc (30 mL) to give the reomeric pair (900 mg. 53.9%) as a white so1id. The mixture
(400 mg) was separated by SFC to give 10-20 (30 mg, 4.0%) as a white solid and 10—21 (68 mg,
9.2%) as a white solid. 1H NMR(10—20)z (400 MHz, Methaol-d4) 5 5.28 (s, 1H), 3.69 (t, 2H,
J=7.2 Hz), 2.42—2.39 (d, 1H, J=11.6 Hz), 2.04—1.90 (m, 5H), 1.78-1.28 (m, 17H), 1.17—1.02 (m,
12H), 0.95—0.93 (d, 4H, J=6.8 Hz), 0.71 (s, 3H). lH NMR(10—21): (400 MHz, Methaol-CM) 5
.28 (s, 1H), 3.68 (t, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 2.42—2.39 (d, 1H, 1:1 1.6 Hz), 2.04—1.90 (1n, 5H), .28
(m, 16H), 1.18-0.98 (m, 13H), 0.95-0.93 (d, 4H, J=7.0 Hz), 0.71 (s, 3H).
] Preparation of10-16. A mixture of 10-20 (20 mg, 0.046 mmol) and Pd/C (20 mg,
cat.) in EtOAc (5 mL) was hydrogenated under 50 psi of hydrogen for 48 h at 50°C. The reaction
mixture was filtered through a celite pad. The pad was washed with EtOAc (50 mL). The filtrate
was concentrated in vacuum and the residue was purified by silica gel column eluted with
PE/E-tOAc = 5/1 to give 10-16 (7.6 mg, 39.3%) as a white solid. 1H NMR(10-16) (400 MHz,
Methaol—d4), 5 3.70 (t, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 2.01-1.98 (d, 1H, J=12.4 Hz), 1.93-1.82 (m, 1H)> 1.72-
1.57 (m, 5H), 1.53—1.39 (m, 5H), 1.35—0.99 (m, 22H), 0.96-0.94 (d, 4H, J=6.4 Hz), 0.84 (s, 3H),
0.70-0.66 (m, 4H).
Preparation of10-18. A mixture of 10-21 (40 mg, 0.092 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Pd/C
(20 mg, cat.) in EtOAc (5 mL) was hydrogenated under 50 psi of hydrogen for 48 h at 50°C. The
reaction mixture was filtered h a celite pad. The pad was washed with EtOAc (50 mL).
The filtrate was concentrated in vacuum and the residue was purified by silica gel column eluted
with PE/EtOAc = 5/1 to give 10—18 (12.9 mg, 32.1%) as a white solid. 1H NMR(10—18) (400
MHz, Methaol—d4), 5 3.68 (t, 2H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.99-1.96 (d, 1H, .]=12.4 Hz), 1.92-1.82 (m, 1H),
1.68-1.58 (m, 5H), 1.52—1.41 (m, 5H), 1.37—0.97 (m, 22H), .92 (d, 4H, J=6.4 Hz), 0.82 (s,
3H), 0.67-0.65 (m, 4H).
Example 11.
TBSCI LDA 02
imidazole, CH2C|2
3 THF
TBSO -78°C ~ 15 DC
TBSO
11-1
11-2
Bess-Martin
DAST,CHZC|2
11-1 11-9
11-8
Bess-Martin
MAD MeMgBr
CHZCI2
toluene
SFC sr=c
Preparation ofCompound 11-2. To a solution of crude compound 11-1 (30 g, 77
1nrnol) in dichloromethane (200 mL-) was added imidazole (10.4 g, 154 mmol) and tert-
butylchlorodimethylsilane (13.8 g, 92 nnnol). The mixture was then d at 15°C for 16 h. The
mixture was washed with water, dried over anhydrous Na2804 and concentrated. The residue
was purified by column chromatography on siiica get. (petroleum ether: ethyl acetate =150:1 to
80:1) to give crude product of 11-2 (38 g, 98%) as white solid.
Preparation ofCompound 11-3. To a solution of diisopropylamine (34.3 g, 340
mmol) in THF (1 L) was added butyl lithium (136 mL, 11101, 2.5 M in hexane) under
nitrogen atmosphere at -78°C. The mixture was then d at -78°C for 10 minutes and then
°C for 10 s and at last -78°C for 10 minutes. A solution of crude compound 11-2 (34 g,
68 rnmol) in THF (100 mL) was then added and stirred for 1 h at -78°C. To the mixture was then
added triethyl phosphite (22.6 g, 136 mmol), the mixture was then stirred under oxygen
atmosphere for 3 h at -78°C and then 16 h at 25°C. To the mixture was then added ammonium
chloride (aq). The organic layer was separated, purified by column chromatography on siiica gei
leum ether: ethyl e =10:l to 3: 1) to give crude product of 11-3 ( 10 g, 28%) as yellow
solid.
Preparation ofCompound 11-4. To a solution of crude 11-3 (10 g, 19 mmol) in
dichloromethane (100 mL) was added Dess-Matin t (16 g, 38 mmol) at 0°C under nitrogen
atmosphere. The mixture was then stirred at 30°C for 3 h. To the mixture was then added a mixed
solution of sodium bicarbonate and sodium thiosulfate in water. The c layer was separated,
washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under vacuum to give
crude compound 11-4 as (5.9 g, 59%) white solid.
Preparation ofCompound 11-5. To a solution of crude 11-4 (5.9 g, 11 nnnol) in
THF (60 mL) was added hydrogen chloride (aq., 6mL, 6 mmol, 1M). The mixture was stirred at
°C for 16 h. To the mixture was then added sodium bicarbonate (aq.). The organic layer was
separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under vacuum to give crude 11-5
(3.2 g, yield: 70 0/o) as white solid.
Preparation ofCompound 11-6. To a solution of crude 11-5 (3.2 g, 7.9 mmol) in
ne (50 mL), acetyl chloride (1.5 g, 19 mmol) was added dropwise at 0°C as monitored by
TLC until the reaction was comp1eted. To the mixture was then added water, concentrated under
. To the residue was added water, extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was
dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent:
petroleum ether: ethyl acetate =100: 1) to give crude 11-6 (2.8 g, 79 %) as white solid.
Preparation ofCompound 11-7. To a soiution of crude 11-6 (2.8 g, 6.3 mmol) in
dichloromethane (10 mL) was added diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (8 g, 50 mmol) at 0°C.
dropwise. The e was then stirred for 16 h at 30°C, The mixture was then added to sodium
onate (aq) The organic layer was ted, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, purified
by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether : ethyl acetate=100:l to 33:1)
to give crude 11-7 (2 g, 68%) as white solid.
Preparation ofCompound 11-8. To a solution of crude 11-7 (2 g, 4.2 mmol) in
THF (10 mL) wad added a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (900 mg, 21 mmol) in
water (10 mL) and then was added methanol (5 mL). The e was then stirred at 30°C for 16
h. The mixture was then concentrated under vacuum. To the e was added water, filtered.
The solid was washed with water, dried under vacuum to give 11-8 (1 .5 g, 85%) as white solid.
1H NMR: (400 MHZ, methanol-d4) 8 5.34 (d, J=5.2Hz, 1H), 3.45—3.35(m, 1H), 2.30—2.10(m,
3H), 2.10-1.68(m, 7H), l.68—1.44(m, 6H), l.35-l.28(m, 2H), l.28-l.l2(m, 3H), 1.12-0.98(m,
8H), 0.74(s, 3H).
Preparation ofCompound 11-9. To a solution of 11—8 ( l g, 2.4 mmol) in
methanol (15 mL) was added hydrogen chloride (5 mL, 4 M in methanol). The mixture was
stirred at 30°C for 15 minutes. Sodium bicarbonate (aq) was added till pH=7. The mixture was
then concentrated under vacuum. To the residue was added water, extracted with ethyl acetate,
The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under
vacuum, purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether : ethyl acetate
=10:l to 5:1) to give 11-9 (970 mg, 93%) as white solid. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 5.34 (d
J=5.2Hz, 1H), 3.87(s, 3H), 3.60-3.48(m, 1H), 2.32—2.15(m, 2H), 2.l0-l.95(m, 2H), l.95-l.70(m,
5H), l.65-l.40(m, 8H), l.30—0.90(m, 13H), , 3H).
] ation ofCompound 11-10. To a solution of 11-9 (0.97 g, 2.3 mmol) in
romethane (50 mL) was added Dess-Matin t (2.3 g, 5.4 mmol) at 0 0C under
nitrogen here. The mixture was then stirred at 30°C for 3 h. To the mixture was then
added a mixed solution of sodium bicarbonate and sodium thiosulfate in water. The organic layer
was separated, washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under
vacuum to give crude compound of 11-10 (1 g, 100%) as yellow oil.
Preparation ofCompound 11-11 and 11-12. To a solution of butylated
hydroxytoluene (3. lg, l4.2 mmol) in toluene (20mL) was added Me-3A1 (3.6mL, 7.2 mmol, 2 M
in toluene) at 150C. The mixture was then stirred at 15°C for 30 minutes. A solution of 11-11 (0.9
g, 2.4 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) was added at -78“C. The mixture was then stirred at —780C for l
h. methylmagnesium e (24 mL, 7.2 mmol, 3M in ether) was then added at -78°C. The
mixture was then stirred at -78°C for 1 hour. To the mixture was then added ammonium chloride
(aq), d. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl
acetate. The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated
under , purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl
e=20:l to lO:l) to give 240 mg of crude 11-11 (yield: 28 %) and 210 mg of crude 11-12
(yield: 25 9/5). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCB): 5 5.33—5.25 (m, in), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.50—0.75 (m,
33H), 0.70 (s, 3H). 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 5.35—5.27 (m, 1H), .37 (m. 1H), 2.32
(s, 3H), 2.20—0.75 (m, 32H), 0.70 (s, 3H).
Preparation ound 11-13. To a solution of 11-12 (70 mg, 0.16 mmol) in
ethanol (2 mL) was added sodium borohydride (100 mg, 2.6 mol) at 150C. The mixture was
stirred at 150C for 30 minutes. To the mixture was then added ammonium chloride (aq.),
concentrated under vacuum. To the residue was added water, extracted with ethyl acetate. The
organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium e. concentrated under vacuum.
purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether : ethyl acetate=10:1 to
8:1) to give 11-13 (40 mg, 57%) as white solid. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, ol-d4) 8 5.35-5.28
(m, 1H). 3.88-3.68 (m, 1H), 2.49—2.37 (m. 1H), .22 (m, 20H), 1.19 (d, J=6.0Hz, 3H), 1.18-
1.14 (m, 1H), 1.11—1.08 (m. 3H), 1.06 (s, 3H), 1.04 (s. 3H), 1.02—0.95 (m, 1H), 0.76 (s, 3H).
Preparation ofCompound 11-15 and 11-16. Diastereomeric mixture 11-13 (30
mg, 0.071 mmol) was split by SFC to get 11-15 (12.2 mg) and 11-16 (14.7 mg) as white powder
(total yield: 90%). 1H NMR (11—15): (400 MHz, MeOD) 8 5.32 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.85-3.72 (m,
1H), 2.50—2.40 (m, 1H), 2.20—1.57 (m, 11H). 1.52-0.85 (111,23H), 0.78 (s, 3H). 1H NMR ):
(400 MHZ, MeOD) 5 5.32 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.85—3.72 (m, 1H), 2.50-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.20-1.45
(m, 15H), .85 (m, 20H), 0.78 (s, 3H).
Preparation ofCompound 11-19. To a solution of 11-12 (70 mg, 0.16 mmol) in
THF (2 mL) was added methylmagnesium bromide (l 1nL, 3 mmol, 3M in ether) at -78°C. The
mixture was stirred at 15°C for 30 minutes. To the mixture was then added ammonium chloride
(aq), concentrated under vacuum. To the residue was added water, extracted with ethyl acetate.
The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under
vacuum, purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: petroleum ether : ethyl
acetate=10z1 to 8:1) to give 11-19 (39 mg, 55%) as white solid. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, ol-
d4) 6 .28 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.12-1.70 (m. 17H), 1.23 (s, 6H), 1.20-1.12 (m, 3H),
1.10 (d. .]=6.4Hz, 3H), 1.06 (s. 3H), 1.04 (s, 3H), 1.03-0.91 (m, 2H), 0.76 (s, 3H).
Example 12. ation of Intermediate 0-9
0-1 0-2 0-3 0-4
O HATU
Bess Martin MeMgBr aq LiOH
MAD THF.@0. HOWEt—>2N
CHZCIZ CHZCIZ
0-5 0.1
0. /N‘O\ MeMgBr
: THF
Preparation of 0-2. To a solution of compound 0-1 (100 g, 255 mmol; 1.0 eq) in
dry MeOH (500 mL) was added concentrated H3504 (14 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux
overnight and then cooled to room temperature. The mixture was ed with aq. saturated
NaHC03 on (0.5 L) and then evaporated to remove MeOH. The residue mixture was
extracted with EtOAc (300 mL x 3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (200
mL), dried over NaZSO4 and evaporated to give the product (100 g crude, 96%) as off-white
powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHZ, CDCl3) 8 4.09-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.63-3.58 (m, 1H),
2.39-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.15 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.91 (m, l H)? 1.91-1.55 (m, 10H)> 1.52-1.02 (m,
14H), 0.95-0.88 (m, 6 H), 0.62 (s, 3 H).
Preparation of 0-3. To a solution of nd 0-2 (250 g, 615 mmoL 1.0 eq) in
dry pyridine (0.8 L) was added a on of TsCl (352 g, 1844 mmol, 30 eq) in dry pyridine
(200 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. Ice chips were added gradually
to the mixture and the precipitated solid was filtered, Washed with aq 100-0 HCl solution (400
mL x 3) and water (400 mL x 2), and then evaporated to dryness to give crude product (500 g,
crude) as a off-white powder, which was used to next step directly
] Preparation 0f 0-4. A mixture of nd 0—3 (250 g crude), CHgCOOK (24 g,
245 mmol, 0.77 eq), water (150 mL) and DMF (900 mL) was heated at reflux for 24 h. The
solution was cooled to room temperature, with ice chips added gradually. The itated solid
was filtered off and. washed with water (100 mL x 2). The crude solid was purified on silica gel
column (PE/EtOAc = 811) to give compound 0-4 (40 g, yield 343% of two steps) as white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDClg) 6 5.32-5.38 (m, lH). 3.66 (s, 3H). 3.47-3.57 (m, 1H), 2. l6-2.4l (m,
4H), 1.93-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.92 (m, 4H), 1.30-1.59 (m. 9H), 0.90-1.19 (m, 12H)> 0.68 (s, 3H)
Preparation 0f0-5. To a solution of compound 0-4 (33 g, 85 mmol, 10 eq) in dry
CH2Clz (700 mL) was added artin t (72 g, 170 mmol, 20 eq) in ns at 0 0C.
Then the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for l h. TLC (PE: EA = 3: l) showed
the starting material was consumed completely. The reaction mixture were quenched with a
saturated aqueous solution O3,/N328203 = 1:3 (250 mL). The organic phase was washed
with brine (200 mL x 2) and dried over Na2304, and the solvent was evaporated to afford desired
product (35 g, crude), which was used in the next step without further purification.
Preparation of 0-6. To a on ofMAD (0.42 mol, 3.0 eq) in toluene, freshly
prepared by addition of a solution of NIC3A1 (210 mL, 0.42 mol, 2 M in hexane) to a stirred
solution of 2,6-di-Zerl—butylmethylphenol (185 g, 0.84 mol) in toluene (200 mL) followed by
ng for l h at room ature, was added dropwise a solution of compound 0-5 (54 g, 0. l4
mol, l.0 eq) in toluene (200 mL) at -78 0C under nitrogen. Then the reaction mixture was stirred
for 30 min, a solution of MeMgBr (140 mL, 0.42mol, 3.0 eq, 3 M in ether) was added dropwise
at -78 OC. The reaction mixture was warmed to -40 0C and stirred at this temperature for 3 h.
TLC (PE: EA = 3:1) showed that the starting material was consumed completely. The mixture
was poured into aqueous saturated NH4Cl solution (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (300 mL
x 2). The combined organic phases were dried over Na2804, and the solvent was evaporated to
afford crude product. The crude product was d on silica gel chromatography eluted with
PE: EA = 10:1 to give the pure target (30 g, 53%) as white powder. 1H NMR: (400 MHz,
CDCl3) 5 531-529(1)}, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 2.39—2.33 (m, 2H). 2.24-2.22 (m, lH), 1.99—1.95 (m.
3H), 1.85-1.68 (m, 4H), 1.59—1.40 (m. 8H), 1.31-1.26 (m> 2H), 1.17—1.01 (m, llH), 0.93-0.91 (m.
4H), 0.67 (s, 3H).
ation of 0-7. To a solution of compound 0—6 (30.0 g, 74.51 mmol) in
THF/HgO (800 inL-, 1/1) was added LiOH.H20 (17.51 g, 417.28 mmol). The reaction was stirred
at room temperature for 18 h. TLC (PE/EA = 2/ l) showed that compound 0—6 was consumed
completely. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum, d with water (2 L), and then
acidified to pH = 4 with 1 M aqueous HCl. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried
in vacuum to give the product compound 0-7 (33 g, crude) as off—white solid. 1H NMR: (400
MHz, CDC13) 6 5.31-5.30 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.36 (m, 21-1), 2.29-2.24 (m) 1H), 2.01-1.95 (m, 3H),
1.87-1.71 (m, 5H), 1.61-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.32 (m, 8H). .09 (m, 7H), 1.01 (s, 3H), 0.95-
0.93 (m, 4H), 0.68 (s, 3H).
Preparation 0f0-8. A mixture of compound 0-7 (32.0 g, 82.35 mmol), N,O-
dimethylhydroxylamine (16.07 g, 164.70 mmol), HATU (37.57 g, 98.82 mmol) and Eth (46.0
mL, 329.40 mmol) in 500 mL anhydrous CH3C12 was stirred for 18 h at room temperature. TLC
showed the reaction was completed. Then CH2C12 was added to the mixture and the resulting
on was washed with water, 1 N HCI aqueous. saturated aqueous NaHC03 and brine, dried
over anhydrous Na2804, filtered and concentrated, purified by silica gel (PE:EtOAc=10:1 to 3: 1)
to afford the target compound 0-8 (17.0 g, yield:47.8%) as off—White solid. 1H NMR: (400 MHz.
CDC13) 5 5.31—5.29 (m. 1H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.03 (s. 2H), 2.47—2.29 (m, 3H), 2.04—
1.68 (m, 7H), 1.60-1.43 (m, 7H), 1.38-1.30 (m, 2H),, 1.20-1.08 (m, 6H), 1.03—0.91 (m. 8H), 0.68
(s, 3H).
Preparation ofKey Intermediate 0-9. To a solution of compound 0—8 ( 17.0 g,
39.38 mmol) in 300 mL anhydrous THF was added dropwise MeMgBr (65.6 mL, 196.92 mmol,
3 M in ether) under N2 at 0°C. After the on was completed, the reaction mixture was stirred
for 2 h at room temperature. TLC showed the on was completed. Then saturated aqueous
NH4C1 was slowly added to the mixture at 0°C. then the mixture was poured to water, extracted
with EtOAc (2*200 mL), the organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous
, filtered and concentrated, purified on silica gel (PE: EtOAc=20:1 to 6: 1) to afford the
target compound 0-9 (11.0 g, yield: 72%) as white solid. 1H NNIR : (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 5.31-
.30 (m, 1H), 250-230(11), 3H), 2.17 (s, 2H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 202-194(11), 3H), 1.88-1.67 (m,
4H), l.61-l.58(m, 1H), 1.56-1.49 (m, 5H), 1.47—1.41 (m. 2H), 1.31—1.11 (m, 7H), 1.08-0.91 (m,
8H), 0.68 (s, SH).
Assay Methods
Compounds of the present invention can be evaluated using s in vitro and in
viva assays described in the literature; examples of which are described below.
The following es are offered to illustrate the biological activity of the
compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods provided herein and are not to be
construed in any way as limiting the scope thereof.
NMDA potentiatz'on
NMDA potentiation was assessed using either whole cell patch clamp of
mammalian cells which expressed NMDA receptors, or using two-electrode e clamp
(TEVC) ofXenopus Laevis s sing NMDA receptors.
Whole-cell Patch Clamp of Mammalian Cells
The whole—cell patch-clamp technique was used to investigate the effects of
compounds (0.1 mM and 1.0 mM) on the NlVTDA receptor (C1le .1" GRINZA subunits)
expressed in HEK cells. NMDA / Glycine peak and steady-state currents were recorded from
stably transfected cells expressing the NMDA receptor and the modulatory s of the test
items on these currents were investigated. Results are shown on Table 1.
Cells were stably transfected with human GRlNl (variant NRl-3). These cells
were transiently ected (Lipofectaminen'1) with GRINZA cDNA and CD8 (pLeu) antigene
cDNA. About 24-72 hours ing ection 1 ul Dynabeads M-45 CD8 was added to
identify successfully transfected cells (lurman et 61]., Biotechniques (1994) 171876—881). Cells
were passaged to a confluence of 50-80%. Cells were seeded onto Poly-L-Lysine coated cover
slips covered with culture complete medium in a 35 mm culture dish. Confluent clusters of cells
are electrically coupled hett at 612., Science (1988), 242:1306-8). Because responses in
distant cells are not adequately voltage d and because of uncertainties about the extent of
coupling (Verdoorn er (1]., Neuron (1990), 4:919-28), cells were ated at a density that
enables single cells (without Visible connections to neighboring cells) to be measured. Cells
were incubated at 370C in a humidified atmosphere with 5% CO; (rel. humidity about 95%).
The cells were continuously maintained in and passaged in sterile culture flasks containing a l:1
mixture of Dulbecco’s modified eagle medium and nutrient mixture F-l2 (D-MEM/F-lz ix,
liquid, with L-Glutamine) supplemented with 9% fetal bovine serum and 0.9%
Penicillin/Streptomycin solution. The complete medium was supplemented with 3.0 itng
Puromycin.
Whole cell currents were measured with HEKA EPC-l 0 ers using
PatchMaster software. Cell culture dishes for recordings were placed on the dish holder of the
microscope and continuously perfused (1 ) with “bath solution” (NaCl 137 mM. KCl 4
mM, CaClg 1.8 mM, MgClz 1 mM, HEPES 10 mM, D-Giucose 10 mM, pH (NaOH) 7.4). All
solutions applied to cells including the pipette solution were maintained at room temperature
(19°C - 30°C). After formation of a Gigaohm seal n the patch electrodes and transfected
individual HEK 293 cells (pipette resistance range: 2.5 MQ - 60 M0; seal resistance >l
G9) the cell membrane across the pipette tip was ruptured to assure electrical access to the cell
interior (whole-cell patch—configuration). At this point the bath solution is ed to “NMDA
bath solution” (NaCl 137 mM, KCl 4 mM, C302 28 niM) HEPES 10 mM; D-Glucose l0 mM,
Cremophore 0.02%, pH (NaOH) 7.4). NMDA inward currents were measured upon application
of 30 uM NMDA (and 5.0 uM Glycine) to patch-clamped cells (2 applications) for 5 s. The cells
were voltage clamped at a holding potential of -80 mV. For the analysis of test es, NMDA
receptors were stimulated by 30 uM NMDA and 5.0 uM e after tial pre-incubation
of increasing concentrations of the test article. Pre—incubation duration was 30 s. Stimulation
duration was 55 Test articles were dissolved in DMSO to form stock solutions of 0.1 mM and
1 mM. Test articles were diluted to 0.1 [.M and 1 uM in “NMDA bath solution”. Both
concentrations of test articles were tested on each cell. The same concentration was applied at
least three times or until the steady state current amplitude was reached. Every day one cell was
tested with 50 uM PREGS (positive control ) using the same application protocol to test whether
cells were successfully transfected with NMDA receptors.
Comparison nd 3
Comparison compound 3
For Table 1. “A” indicates 10— 75% potentiation, “B” indicates potentiation of >75% to 150%,
and “C” indicates potentiation of > 150 to 250 %; and “D indicates potentiation of >250%.
Oocy_tes
The Two Electrode Voltage Clamp (TEVC) technique was used to investigate the
effects of nds (lOuM) on the NMDA receptor (GRINl/GRINZA) expressed in s
oocytes. Glutamate/Glycine peak and steady-state currents were recorded from oocytes that
expressed the NMDA receptor and the tory effects of the test items on these currents
were investigated. Results are shown on Table 2.
Ovaries were harvested from Xenopus Laew’s females that had been deeply
anesthetized by g at 4 °C and immersion in Tricaine methanesulfonare (MS-222 at a
concentration of 150 mg/L) in sodium bicarbonate (300 mg/L). Once anesthetized the animal
was decapitated and pithed following the rules of animal rights from the Geneva canton. A small
piece of ovary was isolated for immediate preparation while the remaining part was placed at 4
0C in a sterile Barth on containing in inM NaCl 88, KCl 1, NaHCO; 2.4, HEPES 10,
MgSO4.7H30 0.82, Ca(N03)2.4H20 0.33, CaCl3.6H20 0.41, at pH 7.4, and supplemented with
ug/ml of kanamycin, 100 unit/ml llin and 100 rig/ml streptomycin. All ings were
performed at 18 0C and cells were super-fused with medium containing in mM: NaCl 82.5,
KC12.5, HEPES 5, CaClZEHZO, .6H20 1, pH 7.4.
Oocytes were injected with either cDNAs encoding for the human GRlNl and
GRINZA subunits, using a proprietary automated injection device (Hogg 6! £11., J. Neurosci.
s, (2008) 169: 65-75) and receptor expression was ed using electrophysiology at
least two days later. The ratio of cDNA injection for GRINl and GRIN2A was 1:1.
Electrophysiological recordings were made using an automated s equipped with standard
TEVC and data were captured and analyzed using a proprietary data acquisition and is
software running under Matlab (Mathworks inc.) The membrane potential of the oocytes was
maintained at -80mV throughout the experiments. To e the effects of proprietary
compounds, currents were evoked by applying 3uM Giutamate and lOuM Glycine for 10s.
Oocytes were then washed for 905 before being exposed to the test e at a concentration of
louM for 1205. Following this, 3uM ate and NM Glycine were immediately reapplied
for 105. Potentiation of both the peak current and the steady state current was assessed. For
statistical analysis values were computed either with Excel (Microsoft) or Matlab (Mathworks
Inc). To obtain mean measurements with standard deviations, all experiments were carried out
using at least three cells.
Glutamate was prepared as a concentrated stock solution (10" M) in water and
then diluted in the recording medium to obtain the desired test concentration. Glycine was
ed as a stock solution at l M in water. Compounds were prepared as stock solution (HY2
M) in DMSO and then diluted in the recording medium to obtain the desired test concentration.
Residual DMSO did not exceed the concentration of l% a concentration that has been shown to
have no effects on Xenopus oocytes function.
For Table 2, “A” indicates 10-50% potentiation, “B” indicates iation of >50% to 100%,
and “C” indicates potentiation of > 100%.
As shown in Table 1, compounds bearing a beta-hydrogen at C5 are disfavored
compared to compounds bearing either alpha-hydrogen C5 or double bond across C5-C6 due to
loss of iation of the NMDA receptor. This is illustrated by Comparison Compound 5 vs 4-
6 and 4-7. The removal of the methyl at C2; also s in significant loss ofNMDA
potentiation, for example Comparison Compound 4 lost five fold potentiation compared to
ison Compozmd 3 when measured at 0.1 uM concentration. Therefore the compounds in
this ion bear both a methyl group in C2; and either a double bond across C5-C5 or an alpha-
hydrogen in C5. In addition, compounds in this selection showed improved potency and limited
maximum potentiation of the NNIDA receptor when tested as high as 1 nM concentrations of
compound (for example Comparison Compound 2 vs 4-6 and 1-11). Such properties are
expected limit the risk of inducing glutamate driven oxicity relative to nds that
achieve a greater maximum potentiation of the NMDA receptor.
Other Embodiments
In the claims articles such as “a,” “an,” and “the” may mean one or more than one
unless indicated to the contrary or ise evident from the context. Claims or descriptions
that include “or” between one or more s of a group are considered satisfied if one, more
than one, or all of the group members are t in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a
given product or process unless indicated to the contrary or otherwise evident from the context.
The invention includes embodiments in which exactly one member of the group is present in,
employed in, or ise relevant to a given product or process. The invention includes
embodiments in which more than one, or all of the group members are present in, employed in,
or otherwise relevant to a given t or process.
Furthermore, the invention encompasses all variations, combinations, and
permutations in which one or more limitations, elements, clauses, and descriptive terms from one
or more of the listed claims is introduced into another claim. For example, any claim that is
dependent on another claim can be modified to include one or more tions found in any
other claim that is dependent on the same base claim. Where elements are presented as lists, e.g.,
in Markush group format, each subgroup of the elements is also sed, and any element(s)
can be removed from the group. It should it be understood that, in general, Where the invention,
or aspects of the invention, is/are referred to as comprising particular elements and/or features,
n embodiments of the invention or aspects of the invention consist. or consist essentially of,
such elements and/or features. For purposes of simplicity, those embodiments have not been
specifically set forth in haec verba herein. It is also noted that the terms “comprising” and
“containing” are intended to be open and s the inclusion of additional elements or steps.
Where ranges are given, endpoints are included. Furthermore, unless otherwise indicated or
otherwise evident from the t and understanding of one of ordinary skill in the art, values
that are expressed as ranges can assume any specific value or sub—range within the stated. ranges
in different embodiments of the invention, to the tenth of the unit of the lower limit of the range,
unless the t clearly dictates otherwise.
This application refers to various issued patents: published patent applications,
journal articles. and other publications. all of which are incorporated herein by reference. If
there is a conflict between any of the incorporated references and the instant specification, the
specification shall control. In addition, any particular ment of the present invention that
falls within the prior art may be itly excluded from any one or more of the claims.
Because such embodiments are deemed to be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, they may
be excluded even if the exclusion is not set forth explicitly herein. Any particular embodiment
of the ion can be excluded from any claim, for any reason, whether or not related to the
existence of prior art.
Those d in the art will recognize or be able to ascertain using no more than
routine experimentation many equivalents to the specific embodiments described . The
scope of the present embodiments described herein is not intended to be limited to the above
Description. but rather is as set forth in the ed claims. Those of ordinary skill in the art
will appreciate that various changes and modifications to this ption may be made without
departing from the spirit or scope of the present invention, as defined in the following claims.
Claims (23)
1. Use of a compound in the cture of a medicament for treating or preventing a CNS-related condition in a subject in need thereof, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of: OH OH CF3 CF3 H H H H H H 2-8 HO , HO , OH OH CF3 CF3 H 3-5 H H H H H 3-6 HO , HO , OH OH H H H H H H HO 4-11 HO , 4-12 , H H H H HO 8-7 , 8-8 , OH OH F F H F H F H H H H HO HO 11-15 , 11-16 , and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
2. The use of claim 1, wherein the compound is: H H HO .
3. The use of claim 1, wherein the compound is: H H 2-8 HO .
4. The use of claim 1, wherein the compound is: H 3-5 H H HO .
5. The use of claim 1, wherein the compound is: H H 3-6 HO .
6. The use of claim 1, wherein the nd is: H H HO 4-11 .
7. The use of claim 1, wherein the compound is: H H 4-12 .
8. The use of claim 1, wherein the compound is: H H 8-7 HO .
9. The use of claim 1, wherein the compound is: H H HO 8-8 .
10. The use of claim 1, wherein the compound is: H F H H 11-15 .
11. The use of claim 1, n the compound is: H F H H 11-16 .
12. Use of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound in the manufacture of a ment for treating or preventing a CNS-related condition in a subject in need thereof, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of: OH OH CF3 CF3 H H H H H H 2-8 HO , HO , OH OH CF3 CF3 H 3-5 H H H H H 3-6 HO , HO , OH OH H H H H H H HO 4-11 HO , 4-12 , H H H H HO 8-7 , 8-8 , OH OH F F H F H F H H H H HO HO 11-15 , and 11-16 .
13. The use of claim 12, wherein the compound is: H H HO .
14. The use of claim 12, wherein the compound is: H H 2-8 HO .
15. The use of claim 12, wherein the nd is: H 3-5 H H HO .
16. The use of claim 12, wherein the compound is: H H 3-6 HO .
17. The use of claim 12, wherein the compound is: H H 4-11 .
18. The use of claim 12, wherein the compound is: H H HO 4-12 .
19. The use of claim 12, n the compound is: H H 8-7 HO .
20. The use of claim 12, wherein the compound is: H H HO 8-8 .
21 The use of claim 12, wherein the compound is: H F H H 11-15 .
22. The use of claim 12, wherein the compound is: H F H H 11-16 .
23. The use according to any one of claims 1-22, wherein the CNS-related condition is an ment disorder, anxiety disorder (including obsessive-compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, and social phobia), cognitive disorder (including Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia), dissociative er, eating disorder, mood disorder (including depression, bipolar disorder, and dysthymic disorder), schizophrenia or other psychotic disorder (including schizoaffective disorder), sleep er (including insomnia), substance-related disorder, personality disorder (including ive-compulsive personality disorder), autism spectrum disorders (including those involving mutations to the Shank group of ns), neurodevelopmental disorder (including Rett syndrome, Tuberous Sclerosis complex), pain (including acute and chronic pain), alopathy secondary to a medical condition (including hepatic encephalopathy and anti-NMDA or encephalitis), seizure disorder (including status epilepticus and monogenic forms of epilepsy such as Dravet’s disease), stroke, traumatic brain injury, movement disorder (including Huntington’s disease and Parkinson’s e) or tinnitus. SAGE THERAPEUTICS INC. By the Attorneys for the Applicant N & FERGUSON Per:
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201361779735P | 2013-03-13 | 2013-03-13 | |
US61/779,735 | 2013-03-13 | ||
NZ712141A NZ712141B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2014-03-13 | Neuroactive steroids and methods of use thereof |
Publications (3)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
NZ751196A NZ751196A (en) | 2020-10-30 |
NZ751196B2 NZ751196B2 (en) | 2021-02-02 |
NZ747452B2 true NZ747452B2 (en) | 2021-02-02 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
AU2021200205B2 (en) | Neuroactive steroids and methods of use thereof | |
AU2020201948B2 (en) | Neuroactive steroids, compositions, and uses thereof | |
TWI752976B (en) | Oxysterols and methods of use thereof | |
NZ747452A (en) | Device for the continuous and discriminated positioning of each blade of hydraulic turbines at vertical axis | |
NZ747452B2 (en) | Neuroactive steroids and methods of use thereof | |
NZ751196B2 (en) | Neuroactive steroids and methods of use thereof | |
NZ712141B2 (en) | Neuroactive steroids and methods of use thereof | |
NZ712156A (en) | Neuroactive steroids, compositions, and uses thereof | |
NZ712156B2 (en) | Neuroactive steroids, compositions, and uses thereof |